]> git.ipfire.org Git - thirdparty/gcc.git/blame - gcc/function.c
alias.c: Remove uses of "register" specifier in declarations of arguments and local...
[thirdparty/gcc.git] / gcc / function.c
CommitLineData
6f086dfc 1/* Expands front end tree to back end RTL for GNU C-Compiler
af841dbd 2 Copyright (C) 1987, 1988, 1989, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997,
d1608933 3 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
6f086dfc 4
1322177d 5This file is part of GCC.
6f086dfc 6
1322177d
LB
7GCC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
8the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free
9Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later
10version.
6f086dfc 11
1322177d
LB
12GCC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
13WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
14FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License
15for more details.
6f086dfc
RS
16
17You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
1322177d
LB
18along with GCC; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the Free
19Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA
2002111-1307, USA. */
6f086dfc 21
6f086dfc
RS
22/* This file handles the generation of rtl code from tree structure
23 at the level of the function as a whole.
24 It creates the rtl expressions for parameters and auto variables
25 and has full responsibility for allocating stack slots.
26
27 `expand_function_start' is called at the beginning of a function,
28 before the function body is parsed, and `expand_function_end' is
29 called after parsing the body.
30
31 Call `assign_stack_local' to allocate a stack slot for a local variable.
32 This is usually done during the RTL generation for the function body,
33 but it can also be done in the reload pass when a pseudo-register does
34 not get a hard register.
35
36 Call `put_var_into_stack' when you learn, belatedly, that a variable
37 previously given a pseudo-register must in fact go in the stack.
38 This function changes the DECL_RTL to be a stack slot instead of a reg
39 then scans all the RTL instructions so far generated to correct them. */
40
41#include "config.h"
670ee920 42#include "system.h"
6f086dfc
RS
43#include "rtl.h"
44#include "tree.h"
45#include "flags.h"
1ef08c63 46#include "except.h"
6f086dfc 47#include "function.h"
6f086dfc 48#include "expr.h"
e78d8e51 49#include "libfuncs.h"
6f086dfc
RS
50#include "regs.h"
51#include "hard-reg-set.h"
52#include "insn-config.h"
53#include "recog.h"
54#include "output.h"
bdac5f58 55#include "basic-block.h"
c20bf1f3 56#include "obstack.h"
10f0ad3d 57#include "toplev.h"
fe9b4957 58#include "hash.h"
87ff9c8e 59#include "ggc.h"
b1474bb7 60#include "tm_p.h"
c0e7830f 61#include "integrate.h"
6f086dfc 62
189cc377
RK
63#ifndef TRAMPOLINE_ALIGNMENT
64#define TRAMPOLINE_ALIGNMENT FUNCTION_BOUNDARY
65#endif
66
d16790f2
JW
67#ifndef LOCAL_ALIGNMENT
68#define LOCAL_ALIGNMENT(TYPE, ALIGNMENT) ALIGNMENT
69#endif
70
293e3de4
RS
71/* Some systems use __main in a way incompatible with its use in gcc, in these
72 cases use the macros NAME__MAIN to give a quoted symbol and SYMBOL__MAIN to
73 give the same symbol without quotes for an alternative entry point. You
0f41302f 74 must define both, or neither. */
293e3de4
RS
75#ifndef NAME__MAIN
76#define NAME__MAIN "__main"
77#define SYMBOL__MAIN __main
78#endif
79
6f086dfc
RS
80/* Round a value to the lowest integer less than it that is a multiple of
81 the required alignment. Avoid using division in case the value is
82 negative. Assume the alignment is a power of two. */
83#define FLOOR_ROUND(VALUE,ALIGN) ((VALUE) & ~((ALIGN) - 1))
84
85/* Similar, but round to the next highest integer that meets the
86 alignment. */
87#define CEIL_ROUND(VALUE,ALIGN) (((VALUE) + (ALIGN) - 1) & ~((ALIGN)- 1))
88
89/* NEED_SEPARATE_AP means that we cannot derive ap from the value of fp
90 during rtl generation. If they are different register numbers, this is
91 always true. It may also be true if
92 FIRST_PARM_OFFSET - STARTING_FRAME_OFFSET is not a constant during rtl
93 generation. See fix_lexical_addr for details. */
94
95#if ARG_POINTER_REGNUM != FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
96#define NEED_SEPARATE_AP
97#endif
98
54ff41b7
JW
99/* Nonzero if function being compiled doesn't contain any calls
100 (ignoring the prologue and epilogue). This is set prior to
101 local register allocation and is valid for the remaining
718fe406 102 compiler passes. */
54ff41b7
JW
103int current_function_is_leaf;
104
fb13d4d0
JM
105/* Nonzero if function being compiled doesn't contain any instructions
106 that can throw an exception. This is set prior to final. */
107
108int current_function_nothrow;
109
fdb8a883
JW
110/* Nonzero if function being compiled doesn't modify the stack pointer
111 (ignoring the prologue and epilogue). This is only valid after
718fe406 112 life_analysis has run. */
fdb8a883
JW
113int current_function_sp_is_unchanging;
114
54ff41b7
JW
115/* Nonzero if the function being compiled is a leaf function which only
116 uses leaf registers. This is valid after reload (specifically after
117 sched2) and is useful only if the port defines LEAF_REGISTERS. */
54ff41b7
JW
118int current_function_uses_only_leaf_regs;
119
6f086dfc 120/* Nonzero once virtual register instantiation has been done.
c39ada04
DD
121 assign_stack_local uses frame_pointer_rtx when this is nonzero.
122 calls.c:emit_library_call_value_1 uses it to set up
123 post-instantiation libcalls. */
124int virtuals_instantiated;
6f086dfc 125
414c4dc4
NC
126/* These variables hold pointers to functions to create and destroy
127 target specific, per-function data structures. */
711d877c 128void (*init_machine_status) PARAMS ((struct function *));
711d877c 129void (*free_machine_status) PARAMS ((struct function *));
414c4dc4
NC
130/* This variable holds a pointer to a function to register any
131 data items in the target specific, per-function data structure
132 that will need garbage collection. */
133void (*mark_machine_status) PARAMS ((struct function *));
46766466 134
8c5666b4 135/* Likewise, but for language-specific data. */
711d877c
KG
136void (*init_lang_status) PARAMS ((struct function *));
137void (*save_lang_status) PARAMS ((struct function *));
138void (*restore_lang_status) PARAMS ((struct function *));
139void (*mark_lang_status) PARAMS ((struct function *));
140void (*free_lang_status) PARAMS ((struct function *));
8c5666b4 141
49ad7cfa
BS
142/* The FUNCTION_DECL for an inline function currently being expanded. */
143tree inline_function_decl;
b384405b
BS
144
145/* The currently compiled function. */
01d939e8 146struct function *cfun = 0;
b384405b 147
5c7675e9 148/* These arrays record the INSN_UIDs of the prologue and epilogue insns. */
0a1c58a2
JL
149static varray_type prologue;
150static varray_type epilogue;
151
152/* Array of INSN_UIDs to hold the INSN_UIDs for each sibcall epilogue
153 in this function. */
154static varray_type sibcall_epilogue;
6f086dfc
RS
155\f
156/* In order to evaluate some expressions, such as function calls returning
157 structures in memory, we need to temporarily allocate stack locations.
158 We record each allocated temporary in the following structure.
159
160 Associated with each temporary slot is a nesting level. When we pop up
161 one level, all temporaries associated with the previous level are freed.
162 Normally, all temporaries are freed after the execution of the statement
163 in which they were created. However, if we are inside a ({...}) grouping,
164 the result may be in a temporary and hence must be preserved. If the
165 result could be in a temporary, we preserve it if we can determine which
166 one it is in. If we cannot determine which temporary may contain the
167 result, all temporaries are preserved. A temporary is preserved by
168 pretending it was allocated at the previous nesting level.
169
170 Automatic variables are also assigned temporary slots, at the nesting
171 level where they are defined. They are marked a "kept" so that
172 free_temp_slots will not free them. */
173
174struct temp_slot
175{
176 /* Points to next temporary slot. */
177 struct temp_slot *next;
0f41302f 178 /* The rtx to used to reference the slot. */
6f086dfc 179 rtx slot;
e5e76139
RK
180 /* The rtx used to represent the address if not the address of the
181 slot above. May be an EXPR_LIST if multiple addresses exist. */
182 rtx address;
718fe406 183 /* The alignment (in bits) of the slot. */
d16790f2 184 int align;
6f086dfc 185 /* The size, in units, of the slot. */
e5e809f4 186 HOST_WIDE_INT size;
1da68f56
RK
187 /* The type of the object in the slot, or zero if it doesn't correspond
188 to a type. We use this to determine whether a slot can be reused.
189 It can be reused if objects of the type of the new slot will always
190 conflict with objects of the type of the old slot. */
191 tree type;
e7a84011
RK
192 /* The value of `sequence_rtl_expr' when this temporary is allocated. */
193 tree rtl_expr;
6f086dfc
RS
194 /* Non-zero if this temporary is currently in use. */
195 char in_use;
a25d4ba2
RK
196 /* Non-zero if this temporary has its address taken. */
197 char addr_taken;
6f086dfc
RS
198 /* Nesting level at which this slot is being used. */
199 int level;
200 /* Non-zero if this should survive a call to free_temp_slots. */
201 int keep;
fc91b0d0
RK
202 /* The offset of the slot from the frame_pointer, including extra space
203 for alignment. This info is for combine_temp_slots. */
e5e809f4 204 HOST_WIDE_INT base_offset;
fc91b0d0
RK
205 /* The size of the slot, including extra space for alignment. This
206 info is for combine_temp_slots. */
e5e809f4 207 HOST_WIDE_INT full_size;
6f086dfc 208};
6f086dfc 209\f
e15679f8
RK
210/* This structure is used to record MEMs or pseudos used to replace VAR, any
211 SUBREGs of VAR, and any MEMs containing VAR as an address. We need to
212 maintain this list in case two operands of an insn were required to match;
213 in that case we must ensure we use the same replacement. */
214
215struct fixup_replacement
216{
217 rtx old;
218 rtx new;
219 struct fixup_replacement *next;
220};
718fe406 221
7a80cf9a
RK
222struct insns_for_mem_entry
223{
fe9b4957
MM
224 /* The KEY in HE will be a MEM. */
225 struct hash_entry he;
226 /* These are the INSNS which reference the MEM. */
227 rtx insns;
228};
229
e15679f8
RK
230/* Forward declarations. */
231
711d877c
KG
232static rtx assign_stack_local_1 PARAMS ((enum machine_mode, HOST_WIDE_INT,
233 int, struct function *));
234static rtx assign_stack_temp_for_type PARAMS ((enum machine_mode,
235 HOST_WIDE_INT, int, tree));
236static struct temp_slot *find_temp_slot_from_address PARAMS ((rtx));
237static void put_reg_into_stack PARAMS ((struct function *, rtx, tree,
238 enum machine_mode, enum machine_mode,
770ae6cc
RK
239 int, unsigned int, int,
240 struct hash_table *));
018577e4
R
241static void schedule_fixup_var_refs PARAMS ((struct function *, rtx, tree,
242 enum machine_mode,
243 struct hash_table *));
718fe406 244static void fixup_var_refs PARAMS ((rtx, enum machine_mode, int,
711d877c 245 struct hash_table *));
e15679f8 246static struct fixup_replacement
711d877c 247 *find_fixup_replacement PARAMS ((struct fixup_replacement **, rtx));
a42a5f59
ZW
248static void fixup_var_refs_insns PARAMS ((rtx, rtx, enum machine_mode,
249 int, int));
250static void fixup_var_refs_insns_with_hash
251 PARAMS ((struct hash_table *, rtx,
252 enum machine_mode, int));
253static void fixup_var_refs_insn PARAMS ((rtx, rtx, enum machine_mode,
254 int, int));
711d877c
KG
255static void fixup_var_refs_1 PARAMS ((rtx, enum machine_mode, rtx *, rtx,
256 struct fixup_replacement **));
257static rtx fixup_memory_subreg PARAMS ((rtx, rtx, int));
258static rtx walk_fixup_memory_subreg PARAMS ((rtx, rtx, int));
259static rtx fixup_stack_1 PARAMS ((rtx, rtx));
260static void optimize_bit_field PARAMS ((rtx, rtx, rtx *));
261static void instantiate_decls PARAMS ((tree, int));
262static void instantiate_decls_1 PARAMS ((tree, int));
770ae6cc 263static void instantiate_decl PARAMS ((rtx, HOST_WIDE_INT, int));
d1405722 264static rtx instantiate_new_reg PARAMS ((rtx, HOST_WIDE_INT *));
711d877c
KG
265static int instantiate_virtual_regs_1 PARAMS ((rtx *, rtx, int));
266static void delete_handlers PARAMS ((void));
267static void pad_to_arg_alignment PARAMS ((struct args_size *, int,
268 struct args_size *));
51723711 269#ifndef ARGS_GROW_DOWNWARD
711d877c
KG
270static void pad_below PARAMS ((struct args_size *, enum machine_mode,
271 tree));
51723711 272#endif
711d877c 273static rtx round_trampoline_addr PARAMS ((rtx));
b33493e3 274static rtx adjust_trampoline_addr PARAMS ((rtx));
0a1c58a2 275static tree *identify_blocks_1 PARAMS ((rtx, tree *, tree *, tree *));
a20612aa 276static void reorder_blocks_0 PARAMS ((tree));
0a1c58a2 277static void reorder_blocks_1 PARAMS ((rtx, tree, varray_type *));
a20612aa 278static void reorder_fix_fragments PARAMS ((tree));
711d877c
KG
279static tree blocks_nreverse PARAMS ((tree));
280static int all_blocks PARAMS ((tree, tree *));
18c038b9 281static tree *get_block_vector PARAMS ((tree, int *));
ec97b83a
KG
282/* We always define `record_insns' even if its not used so that we
283 can always export `prologue_epilogue_contains'. */
0a1c58a2
JL
284static void record_insns PARAMS ((rtx, varray_type *)) ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
285static int contains PARAMS ((rtx, varray_type));
73ef99fb 286#ifdef HAVE_return
86c82654 287static void emit_return_into_block PARAMS ((basic_block, rtx));
73ef99fb 288#endif
711d877c 289static void put_addressof_into_stack PARAMS ((rtx, struct hash_table *));
d6edb99e 290static bool purge_addressof_1 PARAMS ((rtx *, rtx, int, int,
711d877c 291 struct hash_table *));
659e47fb 292static void purge_single_hard_subreg_set PARAMS ((rtx));
7393c642
RK
293#ifdef HAVE_epilogue
294static void keep_stack_depressed PARAMS ((rtx));
295#endif
711d877c
KG
296static int is_addressof PARAMS ((rtx *, void *));
297static struct hash_entry *insns_for_mem_newfunc PARAMS ((struct hash_entry *,
298 struct hash_table *,
299 hash_table_key));
300static unsigned long insns_for_mem_hash PARAMS ((hash_table_key));
d6edb99e 301static bool insns_for_mem_comp PARAMS ((hash_table_key, hash_table_key));
711d877c
KG
302static int insns_for_mem_walk PARAMS ((rtx *, void *));
303static void compute_insns_for_mem PARAMS ((rtx, rtx, struct hash_table *));
711d877c 304static void mark_function_status PARAMS ((struct function *));
eb3ae3e1 305static void maybe_mark_struct_function PARAMS ((void *));
711d877c 306static void prepare_function_start PARAMS ((void));
c13fde05
RH
307static void do_clobber_return_reg PARAMS ((rtx, void *));
308static void do_use_return_reg PARAMS ((rtx, void *));
c20bf1f3 309\f
6f086dfc 310/* Pointer to chain of `struct function' for containing functions. */
eb3ae3e1 311static struct function *outer_function_chain;
6f086dfc
RS
312
313/* Given a function decl for a containing function,
314 return the `struct function' for it. */
315
316struct function *
317find_function_data (decl)
318 tree decl;
319{
320 struct function *p;
e5e809f4 321
eb3ae3e1 322 for (p = outer_function_chain; p; p = p->outer)
6f086dfc
RS
323 if (p->decl == decl)
324 return p;
e5e809f4 325
6f086dfc
RS
326 abort ();
327}
328
329/* Save the current context for compilation of a nested function.
8c5666b4
BS
330 This is called from language-specific code. The caller should use
331 the save_lang_status callback to save any language-specific state,
332 since this function knows only about language-independent
333 variables. */
6f086dfc
RS
334
335void
a0dabda5
JM
336push_function_context_to (context)
337 tree context;
6f086dfc 338{
eb3ae3e1 339 struct function *p;
36edd3cc
BS
340
341 if (context)
342 {
eb3ae3e1
ZW
343 if (context == current_function_decl)
344 cfun->contains_functions = 1;
345 else
346 {
347 struct function *containing = find_function_data (context);
348 containing->contains_functions = 1;
349 }
36edd3cc 350 }
b384405b 351
01d939e8 352 if (cfun == 0)
b384405b 353 init_dummy_function_start ();
01d939e8 354 p = cfun;
6f086dfc 355
eb3ae3e1 356 p->outer = outer_function_chain;
6f086dfc 357 outer_function_chain = p;
6f086dfc
RS
358 p->fixup_var_refs_queue = 0;
359
8c5666b4
BS
360 if (save_lang_status)
361 (*save_lang_status) (p);
b384405b 362
01d939e8 363 cfun = 0;
6f086dfc
RS
364}
365
e4a4639e
JM
366void
367push_function_context ()
368{
a0dabda5 369 push_function_context_to (current_function_decl);
e4a4639e
JM
370}
371
6f086dfc
RS
372/* Restore the last saved context, at the end of a nested function.
373 This function is called from language-specific code. */
374
375void
a0dabda5 376pop_function_context_from (context)
ca3075bd 377 tree context ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6f086dfc
RS
378{
379 struct function *p = outer_function_chain;
e5e809f4 380 struct var_refs_queue *queue;
6f086dfc 381
01d939e8 382 cfun = p;
eb3ae3e1 383 outer_function_chain = p->outer;
6f086dfc 384
6f086dfc 385 current_function_decl = p->decl;
7cbc7b0c 386 reg_renumber = 0;
6f086dfc 387
6f086dfc 388 restore_emit_status (p);
6ba3b214 389 restore_varasm_status (p);
6f086dfc 390
8c5666b4
BS
391 if (restore_lang_status)
392 (*restore_lang_status) (p);
46766466 393
6f086dfc
RS
394 /* Finish doing put_var_into_stack for any of our variables
395 which became addressable during the nested function. */
7a80cf9a
RK
396 for (queue = p->fixup_var_refs_queue; queue; queue = queue->next)
397 fixup_var_refs (queue->modified, queue->promoted_mode,
398 queue->unsignedp, 0);
399
a3770a81 400 p->fixup_var_refs_queue = 0;
6f086dfc 401
6f086dfc
RS
402 /* Reset variables that have known state during rtx generation. */
403 rtx_equal_function_value_matters = 1;
404 virtuals_instantiated = 0;
1b3d8f8a 405 generating_concat_p = 1;
6f086dfc 406}
e4a4639e 407
36edd3cc
BS
408void
409pop_function_context ()
e4a4639e 410{
a0dabda5 411 pop_function_context_from (current_function_decl);
e4a4639e 412}
e2ecd91c 413
fa51b01b
RH
414/* Clear out all parts of the state in F that can safely be discarded
415 after the function has been parsed, but not compiled, to let
416 garbage collection reclaim the memory. */
417
418void
419free_after_parsing (f)
420 struct function *f;
421{
422 /* f->expr->forced_labels is used by code generation. */
423 /* f->emit->regno_reg_rtx is used by code generation. */
424 /* f->varasm is used by code generation. */
425 /* f->eh->eh_return_stub_label is used by code generation. */
426
427 if (free_lang_status)
428 (*free_lang_status) (f);
429 free_stmt_status (f);
430}
431
e2ecd91c
BS
432/* Clear out all parts of the state in F that can safely be discarded
433 after the function has been compiled, to let garbage collection
0a8a198c 434 reclaim the memory. */
21cd906e 435
e2ecd91c 436void
0a8a198c 437free_after_compilation (f)
e2ecd91c
BS
438 struct function *f;
439{
fa51b01b
RH
440 free_eh_status (f);
441 free_expr_status (f);
0a8a198c
MM
442 free_emit_status (f);
443 free_varasm_status (f);
e2ecd91c 444
fa51b01b
RH
445 if (free_machine_status)
446 (*free_machine_status) (f);
447
5faf03ae
MM
448 if (f->x_parm_reg_stack_loc)
449 free (f->x_parm_reg_stack_loc);
fa51b01b 450
bedda2da 451 f->x_temp_slots = NULL;
fa51b01b
RH
452 f->arg_offset_rtx = NULL;
453 f->return_rtx = NULL;
454 f->internal_arg_pointer = NULL;
455 f->x_nonlocal_labels = NULL;
456 f->x_nonlocal_goto_handler_slots = NULL;
457 f->x_nonlocal_goto_handler_labels = NULL;
458 f->x_nonlocal_goto_stack_level = NULL;
459 f->x_cleanup_label = NULL;
460 f->x_return_label = NULL;
461 f->x_save_expr_regs = NULL;
462 f->x_stack_slot_list = NULL;
463 f->x_rtl_expr_chain = NULL;
464 f->x_tail_recursion_label = NULL;
465 f->x_tail_recursion_reentry = NULL;
466 f->x_arg_pointer_save_area = NULL;
cf77f15f 467 f->x_clobber_return_insn = NULL;
fa51b01b
RH
468 f->x_context_display = NULL;
469 f->x_trampoline_list = NULL;
470 f->x_parm_birth_insn = NULL;
471 f->x_last_parm_insn = NULL;
472 f->x_parm_reg_stack_loc = NULL;
fa51b01b
RH
473 f->fixup_var_refs_queue = NULL;
474 f->original_arg_vector = NULL;
475 f->original_decl_initial = NULL;
476 f->inl_last_parm_insn = NULL;
477 f->epilogue_delay_list = NULL;
e2ecd91c 478}
6f086dfc
RS
479\f
480/* Allocate fixed slots in the stack frame of the current function. */
481
49ad7cfa
BS
482/* Return size needed for stack frame based on slots so far allocated in
483 function F.
c795bca9 484 This size counts from zero. It is not rounded to PREFERRED_STACK_BOUNDARY;
6f086dfc
RS
485 the caller may have to do that. */
486
8af5168b 487HOST_WIDE_INT
49ad7cfa
BS
488get_func_frame_size (f)
489 struct function *f;
6f086dfc
RS
490{
491#ifdef FRAME_GROWS_DOWNWARD
49ad7cfa 492 return -f->x_frame_offset;
6f086dfc 493#else
49ad7cfa 494 return f->x_frame_offset;
6f086dfc
RS
495#endif
496}
497
49ad7cfa
BS
498/* Return size needed for stack frame based on slots so far allocated.
499 This size counts from zero. It is not rounded to PREFERRED_STACK_BOUNDARY;
500 the caller may have to do that. */
501HOST_WIDE_INT
502get_frame_size ()
503{
01d939e8 504 return get_func_frame_size (cfun);
49ad7cfa
BS
505}
506
6f086dfc
RS
507/* Allocate a stack slot of SIZE bytes and return a MEM rtx for it
508 with machine mode MODE.
718fe406 509
6f086dfc
RS
510 ALIGN controls the amount of alignment for the address of the slot:
511 0 means according to MODE,
512 -1 means use BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT and round size to multiple of that,
513 positive specifies alignment boundary in bits.
514
e2ecd91c 515 We do not round to stack_boundary here.
6f086dfc 516
e2ecd91c
BS
517 FUNCTION specifies the function to allocate in. */
518
519static rtx
520assign_stack_local_1 (mode, size, align, function)
6f086dfc 521 enum machine_mode mode;
e5e809f4 522 HOST_WIDE_INT size;
6f086dfc 523 int align;
e2ecd91c 524 struct function *function;
6f086dfc 525{
b3694847 526 rtx x, addr;
6f086dfc
RS
527 int bigend_correction = 0;
528 int alignment;
529
530 if (align == 0)
531 {
d16790f2
JW
532 tree type;
533
6f086dfc 534 if (mode == BLKmode)
d16790f2 535 alignment = BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT;
dbab7b72 536 else
718fe406 537 alignment = GET_MODE_ALIGNMENT (mode);
d16790f2
JW
538
539 /* Allow the target to (possibly) increase the alignment of this
540 stack slot. */
541 type = type_for_mode (mode, 0);
542 if (type)
543 alignment = LOCAL_ALIGNMENT (type, alignment);
544
545 alignment /= BITS_PER_UNIT;
6f086dfc
RS
546 }
547 else if (align == -1)
548 {
549 alignment = BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT / BITS_PER_UNIT;
550 size = CEIL_ROUND (size, alignment);
551 }
552 else
553 alignment = align / BITS_PER_UNIT;
554
1474e303 555#ifdef FRAME_GROWS_DOWNWARD
e2ecd91c 556 function->x_frame_offset -= size;
1474e303
JL
557#endif
558
a0871656
JH
559 /* Ignore alignment we can't do with expected alignment of the boundary. */
560 if (alignment * BITS_PER_UNIT > PREFERRED_STACK_BOUNDARY)
561 alignment = PREFERRED_STACK_BOUNDARY / BITS_PER_UNIT;
562
563 if (function->stack_alignment_needed < alignment * BITS_PER_UNIT)
564 function->stack_alignment_needed = alignment * BITS_PER_UNIT;
565
6f086dfc
RS
566 /* Round frame offset to that alignment.
567 We must be careful here, since FRAME_OFFSET might be negative and
568 division with a negative dividend isn't as well defined as we might
569 like. So we instead assume that ALIGNMENT is a power of two and
570 use logical operations which are unambiguous. */
571#ifdef FRAME_GROWS_DOWNWARD
e2ecd91c 572 function->x_frame_offset = FLOOR_ROUND (function->x_frame_offset, alignment);
6f086dfc 573#else
e2ecd91c 574 function->x_frame_offset = CEIL_ROUND (function->x_frame_offset, alignment);
6f086dfc
RS
575#endif
576
577 /* On a big-endian machine, if we are allocating more space than we will use,
578 use the least significant bytes of those that are allocated. */
f76b9db2 579 if (BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN && mode != BLKmode)
6f086dfc 580 bigend_correction = size - GET_MODE_SIZE (mode);
6f086dfc 581
6f086dfc
RS
582 /* If we have already instantiated virtual registers, return the actual
583 address relative to the frame pointer. */
01d939e8 584 if (function == cfun && virtuals_instantiated)
6f086dfc
RS
585 addr = plus_constant (frame_pointer_rtx,
586 (frame_offset + bigend_correction
587 + STARTING_FRAME_OFFSET));
588 else
589 addr = plus_constant (virtual_stack_vars_rtx,
3b71623b 590 function->x_frame_offset + bigend_correction);
6f086dfc
RS
591
592#ifndef FRAME_GROWS_DOWNWARD
e2ecd91c 593 function->x_frame_offset += size;
6f086dfc
RS
594#endif
595
38a448ca 596 x = gen_rtx_MEM (mode, addr);
6f086dfc 597
e2ecd91c
BS
598 function->x_stack_slot_list
599 = gen_rtx_EXPR_LIST (VOIDmode, x, function->x_stack_slot_list);
600
6f086dfc
RS
601 return x;
602}
603
e2ecd91c
BS
604/* Wrapper around assign_stack_local_1; assign a local stack slot for the
605 current function. */
3bdf5ad1 606
e2ecd91c
BS
607rtx
608assign_stack_local (mode, size, align)
6f086dfc 609 enum machine_mode mode;
e5e809f4 610 HOST_WIDE_INT size;
6f086dfc 611 int align;
6f086dfc 612{
01d939e8 613 return assign_stack_local_1 (mode, size, align, cfun);
6f086dfc
RS
614}
615\f
616/* Allocate a temporary stack slot and record it for possible later
617 reuse.
618
619 MODE is the machine mode to be given to the returned rtx.
620
621 SIZE is the size in units of the space required. We do no rounding here
622 since assign_stack_local will do any required rounding.
623
d93d4205
MS
624 KEEP is 1 if this slot is to be retained after a call to
625 free_temp_slots. Automatic variables for a block are allocated
e5e809f4
JL
626 with this flag. KEEP is 2 if we allocate a longer term temporary,
627 whose lifetime is controlled by CLEANUP_POINT_EXPRs. KEEP is 3
628 if we are to allocate something at an inner level to be treated as
718fe406 629 a variable in the block (e.g., a SAVE_EXPR).
a4c6502a
MM
630
631 TYPE is the type that will be used for the stack slot. */
6f086dfc 632
d16790f2
JW
633static rtx
634assign_stack_temp_for_type (mode, size, keep, type)
6f086dfc 635 enum machine_mode mode;
e5e809f4 636 HOST_WIDE_INT size;
6f086dfc 637 int keep;
d16790f2 638 tree type;
6f086dfc 639{
d16790f2 640 int align;
6f086dfc
RS
641 struct temp_slot *p, *best_p = 0;
642
303ec2aa
RK
643 /* If SIZE is -1 it means that somebody tried to allocate a temporary
644 of a variable size. */
645 if (size == -1)
646 abort ();
647
d16790f2
JW
648 if (mode == BLKmode)
649 align = BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT;
dbab7b72
JH
650 else
651 align = GET_MODE_ALIGNMENT (mode);
6f086dfc 652
d16790f2
JW
653 if (! type)
654 type = type_for_mode (mode, 0);
3bdf5ad1 655
d16790f2
JW
656 if (type)
657 align = LOCAL_ALIGNMENT (type, align);
658
659 /* Try to find an available, already-allocated temporary of the proper
660 mode which meets the size and alignment requirements. Choose the
661 smallest one with the closest alignment. */
662 for (p = temp_slots; p; p = p->next)
663 if (p->align >= align && p->size >= size && GET_MODE (p->slot) == mode
664 && ! p->in_use
1da68f56 665 && objects_must_conflict_p (p->type, type)
d16790f2
JW
666 && (best_p == 0 || best_p->size > p->size
667 || (best_p->size == p->size && best_p->align > p->align)))
668 {
669 if (p->align == align && p->size == size)
670 {
671 best_p = 0;
672 break;
673 }
6f086dfc 674 best_p = p;
d16790f2 675 }
6f086dfc
RS
676
677 /* Make our best, if any, the one to use. */
678 if (best_p)
a45035b6
JW
679 {
680 /* If there are enough aligned bytes left over, make them into a new
681 temp_slot so that the extra bytes don't get wasted. Do this only
682 for BLKmode slots, so that we can be sure of the alignment. */
3bdf5ad1 683 if (GET_MODE (best_p->slot) == BLKmode)
a45035b6 684 {
d16790f2 685 int alignment = best_p->align / BITS_PER_UNIT;
e5e809f4 686 HOST_WIDE_INT rounded_size = CEIL_ROUND (size, alignment);
a45035b6
JW
687
688 if (best_p->size - rounded_size >= alignment)
689 {
7a80cf9a 690 p = (struct temp_slot *) ggc_alloc (sizeof (struct temp_slot));
a25d4ba2 691 p->in_use = p->addr_taken = 0;
a45035b6 692 p->size = best_p->size - rounded_size;
307d8cd6
RK
693 p->base_offset = best_p->base_offset + rounded_size;
694 p->full_size = best_p->full_size - rounded_size;
38a448ca
RH
695 p->slot = gen_rtx_MEM (BLKmode,
696 plus_constant (XEXP (best_p->slot, 0),
697 rounded_size));
d16790f2 698 p->align = best_p->align;
e5e76139 699 p->address = 0;
591ccf92 700 p->rtl_expr = 0;
1da68f56 701 p->type = best_p->type;
a45035b6
JW
702 p->next = temp_slots;
703 temp_slots = p;
704
38a448ca
RH
705 stack_slot_list = gen_rtx_EXPR_LIST (VOIDmode, p->slot,
706 stack_slot_list);
a45035b6
JW
707
708 best_p->size = rounded_size;
291dde90 709 best_p->full_size = rounded_size;
a45035b6
JW
710 }
711 }
712
713 p = best_p;
714 }
718fe406 715
6f086dfc
RS
716 /* If we still didn't find one, make a new temporary. */
717 if (p == 0)
718 {
e5e809f4
JL
719 HOST_WIDE_INT frame_offset_old = frame_offset;
720
7a80cf9a 721 p = (struct temp_slot *) ggc_alloc (sizeof (struct temp_slot));
e5e809f4 722
c87a0a39
JL
723 /* We are passing an explicit alignment request to assign_stack_local.
724 One side effect of that is assign_stack_local will not round SIZE
725 to ensure the frame offset remains suitably aligned.
726
727 So for requests which depended on the rounding of SIZE, we go ahead
728 and round it now. We also make sure ALIGNMENT is at least
729 BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT. */
010529e5 730 if (mode == BLKmode && align < BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT)
6f67a30d
JW
731 abort();
732 p->slot = assign_stack_local (mode,
010529e5
AS
733 (mode == BLKmode
734 ? CEIL_ROUND (size, align / BITS_PER_UNIT)
735 : size),
6f67a30d 736 align);
d16790f2
JW
737
738 p->align = align;
e5e809f4 739
b2a80c0d
DE
740 /* The following slot size computation is necessary because we don't
741 know the actual size of the temporary slot until assign_stack_local
742 has performed all the frame alignment and size rounding for the
fc91b0d0
RK
743 requested temporary. Note that extra space added for alignment
744 can be either above or below this stack slot depending on which
745 way the frame grows. We include the extra space if and only if it
746 is above this slot. */
b2a80c0d
DE
747#ifdef FRAME_GROWS_DOWNWARD
748 p->size = frame_offset_old - frame_offset;
749#else
fc91b0d0
RK
750 p->size = size;
751#endif
e5e809f4 752
fc91b0d0
RK
753 /* Now define the fields used by combine_temp_slots. */
754#ifdef FRAME_GROWS_DOWNWARD
755 p->base_offset = frame_offset;
756 p->full_size = frame_offset_old - frame_offset;
757#else
758 p->base_offset = frame_offset_old;
759 p->full_size = frame_offset - frame_offset_old;
b2a80c0d 760#endif
e5e76139 761 p->address = 0;
6f086dfc
RS
762 p->next = temp_slots;
763 temp_slots = p;
764 }
765
766 p->in_use = 1;
a25d4ba2 767 p->addr_taken = 0;
591ccf92 768 p->rtl_expr = seq_rtl_expr;
1da68f56 769 p->type = type;
a25d4ba2 770
d93d4205
MS
771 if (keep == 2)
772 {
773 p->level = target_temp_slot_level;
774 p->keep = 0;
775 }
e5e809f4
JL
776 else if (keep == 3)
777 {
778 p->level = var_temp_slot_level;
779 p->keep = 0;
780 }
d93d4205
MS
781 else
782 {
783 p->level = temp_slot_level;
784 p->keep = keep;
785 }
1995f267
RK
786
787 /* We may be reusing an old slot, so clear any MEM flags that may have been
788 set from before. */
789 RTX_UNCHANGING_P (p->slot) = 0;
790 MEM_IN_STRUCT_P (p->slot) = 0;
c6df88cb 791 MEM_SCALAR_P (p->slot) = 0;
1da68f56 792 MEM_VOLATILE_P (p->slot) = 0;
3bdf5ad1 793
1da68f56
RK
794 /* If we know the alias set for the memory that will be used, use
795 it. If there's no TYPE, then we don't know anything about the
796 alias set for the memory. */
ba4828e0 797 set_mem_alias_set (p->slot, type ? get_alias_set (type) : 0);
1da68f56 798
30f7a378 799 /* If a type is specified, set the relevant flags. */
3bdf5ad1 800 if (type != 0)
1da68f56
RK
801 {
802 RTX_UNCHANGING_P (p->slot) = TYPE_READONLY (type);
803 MEM_VOLATILE_P (p->slot) = TYPE_VOLATILE (type);
804 MEM_SET_IN_STRUCT_P (p->slot, AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (type));
805 }
3bdf5ad1 806
6f086dfc
RS
807 return p->slot;
808}
d16790f2
JW
809
810/* Allocate a temporary stack slot and record it for possible later
811 reuse. First three arguments are same as in preceding function. */
812
813rtx
814assign_stack_temp (mode, size, keep)
815 enum machine_mode mode;
816 HOST_WIDE_INT size;
817 int keep;
818{
819 return assign_stack_temp_for_type (mode, size, keep, NULL_TREE);
820}
638141a6 821\f
230f21b4
PB
822/* Assign a temporary of given TYPE.
823 KEEP is as for assign_stack_temp.
824 MEMORY_REQUIRED is 1 if the result must be addressable stack memory;
b55d9ff8
RK
825 it is 0 if a register is OK.
826 DONT_PROMOTE is 1 if we should not promote values in register
827 to wider modes. */
230f21b4
PB
828
829rtx
b55d9ff8 830assign_temp (type, keep, memory_required, dont_promote)
230f21b4
PB
831 tree type;
832 int keep;
833 int memory_required;
0ce8a59c 834 int dont_promote ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
230f21b4
PB
835{
836 enum machine_mode mode = TYPE_MODE (type);
0ce8a59c 837#ifndef PROMOTE_FOR_CALL_ONLY
638141a6 838 int unsignedp = TREE_UNSIGNED (type);
0ce8a59c 839#endif
638141a6 840
230f21b4
PB
841 if (mode == BLKmode || memory_required)
842 {
e5e809f4 843 HOST_WIDE_INT size = int_size_in_bytes (type);
230f21b4
PB
844 rtx tmp;
845
44affdae
JH
846 /* Zero sized arrays are GNU C extension. Set size to 1 to avoid
847 problems with allocating the stack space. */
848 if (size == 0)
849 size = 1;
850
230f21b4
PB
851 /* Unfortunately, we don't yet know how to allocate variable-sized
852 temporaries. However, sometimes we have a fixed upper limit on
853 the size (which is stored in TYPE_ARRAY_MAX_SIZE) and can use that
0f41302f 854 instead. This is the case for Chill variable-sized strings. */
230f21b4
PB
855 if (size == -1 && TREE_CODE (type) == ARRAY_TYPE
856 && TYPE_ARRAY_MAX_SIZE (type) != NULL_TREE
3bdf5ad1
RK
857 && host_integerp (TYPE_ARRAY_MAX_SIZE (type), 1))
858 size = tree_low_cst (TYPE_ARRAY_MAX_SIZE (type), 1);
230f21b4 859
d16790f2 860 tmp = assign_stack_temp_for_type (mode, size, keep, type);
230f21b4
PB
861 return tmp;
862 }
638141a6 863
230f21b4 864#ifndef PROMOTE_FOR_CALL_ONLY
b55d9ff8
RK
865 if (! dont_promote)
866 mode = promote_mode (type, mode, &unsignedp, 0);
230f21b4 867#endif
638141a6 868
230f21b4
PB
869 return gen_reg_rtx (mode);
870}
638141a6 871\f
a45035b6
JW
872/* Combine temporary stack slots which are adjacent on the stack.
873
874 This allows for better use of already allocated stack space. This is only
875 done for BLKmode slots because we can be sure that we won't have alignment
876 problems in this case. */
877
878void
879combine_temp_slots ()
880{
881 struct temp_slot *p, *q;
882 struct temp_slot *prev_p, *prev_q;
e5e809f4
JL
883 int num_slots;
884
a4c6502a
MM
885 /* We can't combine slots, because the information about which slot
886 is in which alias set will be lost. */
887 if (flag_strict_aliasing)
888 return;
889
718fe406 890 /* If there are a lot of temp slots, don't do anything unless
e5e809f4
JL
891 high levels of optimizaton. */
892 if (! flag_expensive_optimizations)
893 for (p = temp_slots, num_slots = 0; p; p = p->next, num_slots++)
894 if (num_slots > 100 || (num_slots > 10 && optimize == 0))
895 return;
a45035b6 896
e9b7093a
RS
897 for (p = temp_slots, prev_p = 0; p; p = prev_p ? prev_p->next : temp_slots)
898 {
899 int delete_p = 0;
e5e809f4 900
e9b7093a
RS
901 if (! p->in_use && GET_MODE (p->slot) == BLKmode)
902 for (q = p->next, prev_q = p; q; q = prev_q->next)
a45035b6 903 {
e9b7093a
RS
904 int delete_q = 0;
905 if (! q->in_use && GET_MODE (q->slot) == BLKmode)
a45035b6 906 {
fc91b0d0 907 if (p->base_offset + p->full_size == q->base_offset)
e9b7093a
RS
908 {
909 /* Q comes after P; combine Q into P. */
910 p->size += q->size;
307d8cd6 911 p->full_size += q->full_size;
e9b7093a
RS
912 delete_q = 1;
913 }
fc91b0d0 914 else if (q->base_offset + q->full_size == p->base_offset)
e9b7093a
RS
915 {
916 /* P comes after Q; combine P into Q. */
917 q->size += p->size;
307d8cd6 918 q->full_size += p->full_size;
e9b7093a
RS
919 delete_p = 1;
920 break;
921 }
a45035b6 922 }
e9b7093a
RS
923 /* Either delete Q or advance past it. */
924 if (delete_q)
7a80cf9a 925 prev_q->next = q->next;
e9b7093a
RS
926 else
927 prev_q = q;
a45035b6 928 }
e9b7093a
RS
929 /* Either delete P or advance past it. */
930 if (delete_p)
931 {
932 if (prev_p)
933 prev_p->next = p->next;
934 else
935 temp_slots = p->next;
936 }
937 else
938 prev_p = p;
939 }
a45035b6 940}
6f086dfc 941\f
e5e76139
RK
942/* Find the temp slot corresponding to the object at address X. */
943
944static struct temp_slot *
945find_temp_slot_from_address (x)
946 rtx x;
947{
948 struct temp_slot *p;
949 rtx next;
950
951 for (p = temp_slots; p; p = p->next)
952 {
953 if (! p->in_use)
954 continue;
e5e809f4 955
e5e76139 956 else if (XEXP (p->slot, 0) == x
abb52246
RK
957 || p->address == x
958 || (GET_CODE (x) == PLUS
959 && XEXP (x, 0) == virtual_stack_vars_rtx
960 && GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 1)) == CONST_INT
961 && INTVAL (XEXP (x, 1)) >= p->base_offset
962 && INTVAL (XEXP (x, 1)) < p->base_offset + p->full_size))
e5e76139
RK
963 return p;
964
965 else if (p->address != 0 && GET_CODE (p->address) == EXPR_LIST)
966 for (next = p->address; next; next = XEXP (next, 1))
967 if (XEXP (next, 0) == x)
968 return p;
969 }
970
14a774a9
RK
971 /* If we have a sum involving a register, see if it points to a temp
972 slot. */
973 if (GET_CODE (x) == PLUS && GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == REG
974 && (p = find_temp_slot_from_address (XEXP (x, 0))) != 0)
975 return p;
976 else if (GET_CODE (x) == PLUS && GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 1)) == REG
977 && (p = find_temp_slot_from_address (XEXP (x, 1))) != 0)
978 return p;
979
e5e76139
RK
980 return 0;
981}
718fe406 982
9faa82d8 983/* Indicate that NEW is an alternate way of referring to the temp slot
e5e809f4 984 that previously was known by OLD. */
e5e76139
RK
985
986void
987update_temp_slot_address (old, new)
988 rtx old, new;
989{
14a774a9 990 struct temp_slot *p;
e5e76139 991
14a774a9 992 if (rtx_equal_p (old, new))
e5e76139 993 return;
14a774a9
RK
994
995 p = find_temp_slot_from_address (old);
996
700f19f0
RK
997 /* If we didn't find one, see if both OLD is a PLUS. If so, and NEW
998 is a register, see if one operand of the PLUS is a temporary
999 location. If so, NEW points into it. Otherwise, if both OLD and
1000 NEW are a PLUS and if there is a register in common between them.
1001 If so, try a recursive call on those values. */
14a774a9
RK
1002 if (p == 0)
1003 {
700f19f0
RK
1004 if (GET_CODE (old) != PLUS)
1005 return;
1006
1007 if (GET_CODE (new) == REG)
1008 {
1009 update_temp_slot_address (XEXP (old, 0), new);
1010 update_temp_slot_address (XEXP (old, 1), new);
1011 return;
1012 }
1013 else if (GET_CODE (new) != PLUS)
14a774a9
RK
1014 return;
1015
1016 if (rtx_equal_p (XEXP (old, 0), XEXP (new, 0)))
1017 update_temp_slot_address (XEXP (old, 1), XEXP (new, 1));
1018 else if (rtx_equal_p (XEXP (old, 1), XEXP (new, 0)))
1019 update_temp_slot_address (XEXP (old, 0), XEXP (new, 1));
1020 else if (rtx_equal_p (XEXP (old, 0), XEXP (new, 1)))
1021 update_temp_slot_address (XEXP (old, 1), XEXP (new, 0));
1022 else if (rtx_equal_p (XEXP (old, 1), XEXP (new, 1)))
1023 update_temp_slot_address (XEXP (old, 0), XEXP (new, 0));
1024
1025 return;
1026 }
1027
718fe406 1028 /* Otherwise add an alias for the temp's address. */
e5e76139
RK
1029 else if (p->address == 0)
1030 p->address = new;
1031 else
1032 {
1033 if (GET_CODE (p->address) != EXPR_LIST)
38a448ca 1034 p->address = gen_rtx_EXPR_LIST (VOIDmode, p->address, NULL_RTX);
e5e76139 1035
38a448ca 1036 p->address = gen_rtx_EXPR_LIST (VOIDmode, new, p->address);
e5e76139
RK
1037 }
1038}
1039
a25d4ba2 1040/* If X could be a reference to a temporary slot, mark the fact that its
9faa82d8 1041 address was taken. */
a25d4ba2
RK
1042
1043void
1044mark_temp_addr_taken (x)
1045 rtx x;
1046{
1047 struct temp_slot *p;
1048
1049 if (x == 0)
1050 return;
1051
1052 /* If X is not in memory or is at a constant address, it cannot be in
1053 a temporary slot. */
1054 if (GET_CODE (x) != MEM || CONSTANT_P (XEXP (x, 0)))
1055 return;
1056
1057 p = find_temp_slot_from_address (XEXP (x, 0));
1058 if (p != 0)
1059 p->addr_taken = 1;
1060}
1061
9cca6a99
MS
1062/* If X could be a reference to a temporary slot, mark that slot as
1063 belonging to the to one level higher than the current level. If X
1064 matched one of our slots, just mark that one. Otherwise, we can't
1065 easily predict which it is, so upgrade all of them. Kept slots
1066 need not be touched.
6f086dfc
RS
1067
1068 This is called when an ({...}) construct occurs and a statement
1069 returns a value in memory. */
1070
1071void
1072preserve_temp_slots (x)
1073 rtx x;
1074{
a25d4ba2 1075 struct temp_slot *p = 0;
6f086dfc 1076
73620b82
RK
1077 /* If there is no result, we still might have some objects whose address
1078 were taken, so we need to make sure they stay around. */
e3a77161 1079 if (x == 0)
73620b82
RK
1080 {
1081 for (p = temp_slots; p; p = p->next)
1082 if (p->in_use && p->level == temp_slot_level && p->addr_taken)
1083 p->level--;
1084
1085 return;
1086 }
e3a77161
RK
1087
1088 /* If X is a register that is being used as a pointer, see if we have
1089 a temporary slot we know it points to. To be consistent with
1090 the code below, we really should preserve all non-kept slots
1091 if we can't find a match, but that seems to be much too costly. */
3502dc9c 1092 if (GET_CODE (x) == REG && REG_POINTER (x))
a25d4ba2
RK
1093 p = find_temp_slot_from_address (x);
1094
6f086dfc 1095 /* If X is not in memory or is at a constant address, it cannot be in
e19571db
RK
1096 a temporary slot, but it can contain something whose address was
1097 taken. */
a25d4ba2 1098 if (p == 0 && (GET_CODE (x) != MEM || CONSTANT_P (XEXP (x, 0))))
e19571db
RK
1099 {
1100 for (p = temp_slots; p; p = p->next)
1101 if (p->in_use && p->level == temp_slot_level && p->addr_taken)
1102 p->level--;
1103
1104 return;
1105 }
6f086dfc
RS
1106
1107 /* First see if we can find a match. */
73620b82 1108 if (p == 0)
a25d4ba2
RK
1109 p = find_temp_slot_from_address (XEXP (x, 0));
1110
e5e76139
RK
1111 if (p != 0)
1112 {
a25d4ba2
RK
1113 /* Move everything at our level whose address was taken to our new
1114 level in case we used its address. */
1115 struct temp_slot *q;
1116
9cca6a99
MS
1117 if (p->level == temp_slot_level)
1118 {
1119 for (q = temp_slots; q; q = q->next)
1120 if (q != p && q->addr_taken && q->level == p->level)
1121 q->level--;
a25d4ba2 1122
9cca6a99
MS
1123 p->level--;
1124 p->addr_taken = 0;
1125 }
e5e76139
RK
1126 return;
1127 }
6f086dfc
RS
1128
1129 /* Otherwise, preserve all non-kept slots at this level. */
1130 for (p = temp_slots; p; p = p->next)
1131 if (p->in_use && p->level == temp_slot_level && ! p->keep)
1132 p->level--;
1133}
1134
591ccf92
MM
1135/* X is the result of an RTL_EXPR. If it is a temporary slot associated
1136 with that RTL_EXPR, promote it into a temporary slot at the present
1137 level so it will not be freed when we free slots made in the
1138 RTL_EXPR. */
1139
1140void
1141preserve_rtl_expr_result (x)
1142 rtx x;
1143{
1144 struct temp_slot *p;
1145
1146 /* If X is not in memory or is at a constant address, it cannot be in
1147 a temporary slot. */
1148 if (x == 0 || GET_CODE (x) != MEM || CONSTANT_P (XEXP (x, 0)))
1149 return;
1150
1151 /* If we can find a match, move it to our level unless it is already at
1152 an upper level. */
1153 p = find_temp_slot_from_address (XEXP (x, 0));
64dc53f3
MM
1154 if (p != 0)
1155 {
1156 p->level = MIN (p->level, temp_slot_level);
1157 p->rtl_expr = 0;
1158 }
591ccf92
MM
1159
1160 return;
1161}
1162
6f086dfc 1163/* Free all temporaries used so far. This is normally called at the end
e7a84011
RK
1164 of generating code for a statement. Don't free any temporaries
1165 currently in use for an RTL_EXPR that hasn't yet been emitted.
1166 We could eventually do better than this since it can be reused while
1167 generating the same RTL_EXPR, but this is complex and probably not
1168 worthwhile. */
6f086dfc
RS
1169
1170void
1171free_temp_slots ()
1172{
1173 struct temp_slot *p;
1174
1175 for (p = temp_slots; p; p = p->next)
591ccf92
MM
1176 if (p->in_use && p->level == temp_slot_level && ! p->keep
1177 && p->rtl_expr == 0)
1178 p->in_use = 0;
1179
1180 combine_temp_slots ();
1181}
1182
1183/* Free all temporary slots used in T, an RTL_EXPR node. */
1184
1185void
1186free_temps_for_rtl_expr (t)
1187 tree t;
1188{
1189 struct temp_slot *p;
1190
1191 for (p = temp_slots; p; p = p->next)
1192 if (p->rtl_expr == t)
64dc53f3
MM
1193 {
1194 /* If this slot is below the current TEMP_SLOT_LEVEL, then it
1195 needs to be preserved. This can happen if a temporary in
1196 the RTL_EXPR was addressed; preserve_temp_slots will move
6d2f8887 1197 the temporary into a higher level. */
64dc53f3
MM
1198 if (temp_slot_level <= p->level)
1199 p->in_use = 0;
1200 else
1201 p->rtl_expr = NULL_TREE;
1202 }
a45035b6
JW
1203
1204 combine_temp_slots ();
6f086dfc
RS
1205}
1206
956d6950 1207/* Mark all temporaries ever allocated in this function as not suitable
a94e4054
RK
1208 for reuse until the current level is exited. */
1209
1210void
1211mark_all_temps_used ()
1212{
1213 struct temp_slot *p;
1214
1215 for (p = temp_slots; p; p = p->next)
1216 {
85b119d1 1217 p->in_use = p->keep = 1;
27ce006b 1218 p->level = MIN (p->level, temp_slot_level);
a94e4054
RK
1219 }
1220}
1221
6f086dfc
RS
1222/* Push deeper into the nesting level for stack temporaries. */
1223
1224void
1225push_temp_slots ()
1226{
6f086dfc
RS
1227 temp_slot_level++;
1228}
1229
e5e809f4
JL
1230/* Likewise, but save the new level as the place to allocate variables
1231 for blocks. */
1232
ca3075bd 1233#if 0
e5e809f4
JL
1234void
1235push_temp_slots_for_block ()
1236{
1237 push_temp_slots ();
1238
1239 var_temp_slot_level = temp_slot_level;
1240}
1241
f5963e61
JL
1242/* Likewise, but save the new level as the place to allocate temporaries
1243 for TARGET_EXPRs. */
1244
1245void
1246push_temp_slots_for_target ()
1247{
1248 push_temp_slots ();
1249
1250 target_temp_slot_level = temp_slot_level;
1251}
1252
1253/* Set and get the value of target_temp_slot_level. The only
1254 permitted use of these functions is to save and restore this value. */
1255
1256int
1257get_target_temp_slot_level ()
1258{
1259 return target_temp_slot_level;
1260}
1261
1262void
1263set_target_temp_slot_level (level)
1264 int level;
1265{
1266 target_temp_slot_level = level;
1267}
ca3075bd 1268#endif
f5963e61 1269
6f086dfc
RS
1270/* Pop a temporary nesting level. All slots in use in the current level
1271 are freed. */
1272
1273void
1274pop_temp_slots ()
1275{
1276 struct temp_slot *p;
1277
6f086dfc 1278 for (p = temp_slots; p; p = p->next)
591ccf92 1279 if (p->in_use && p->level == temp_slot_level && p->rtl_expr == 0)
6f086dfc
RS
1280 p->in_use = 0;
1281
a45035b6
JW
1282 combine_temp_slots ();
1283
6f086dfc
RS
1284 temp_slot_level--;
1285}
bc0ebdf9
RK
1286
1287/* Initialize temporary slots. */
1288
1289void
1290init_temp_slots ()
1291{
1292 /* We have not allocated any temporaries yet. */
1293 temp_slots = 0;
1294 temp_slot_level = 0;
e5e809f4 1295 var_temp_slot_level = 0;
bc0ebdf9
RK
1296 target_temp_slot_level = 0;
1297}
6f086dfc
RS
1298\f
1299/* Retroactively move an auto variable from a register to a stack slot.
1300 This is done when an address-reference to the variable is seen. */
1301
1302void
1303put_var_into_stack (decl)
1304 tree decl;
1305{
b3694847 1306 rtx reg;
00d8a4c1 1307 enum machine_mode promoted_mode, decl_mode;
6f086dfc 1308 struct function *function = 0;
c20bf1f3 1309 tree context;
e9a25f70 1310 int can_use_addressof;
c357082f
RK
1311 int volatilep = TREE_CODE (decl) != SAVE_EXPR && TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl);
1312 int usedp = (TREE_USED (decl)
1313 || (TREE_CODE (decl) != SAVE_EXPR && DECL_INITIAL (decl) != 0));
c20bf1f3 1314
c20bf1f3 1315 context = decl_function_context (decl);
6f086dfc 1316
9ec36da5 1317 /* Get the current rtl used for this object and its original mode. */
19e7881c
MM
1318 reg = (TREE_CODE (decl) == SAVE_EXPR
1319 ? SAVE_EXPR_RTL (decl)
1320 : DECL_RTL_IF_SET (decl));
2baccce2
RS
1321
1322 /* No need to do anything if decl has no rtx yet
1323 since in that case caller is setting TREE_ADDRESSABLE
1324 and a stack slot will be assigned when the rtl is made. */
1325 if (reg == 0)
1326 return;
00d8a4c1
RK
1327
1328 /* Get the declared mode for this object. */
1329 decl_mode = (TREE_CODE (decl) == SAVE_EXPR ? TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl))
1330 : DECL_MODE (decl));
2baccce2
RS
1331 /* Get the mode it's actually stored in. */
1332 promoted_mode = GET_MODE (reg);
6f086dfc 1333
eb3ae3e1
ZW
1334 /* If this variable comes from an outer function, find that
1335 function's saved context. Don't use find_function_data here,
1336 because it might not be in any active function.
1337 FIXME: Is that really supposed to happen?
1338 It does in ObjC at least. */
4ac74fb8 1339 if (context != current_function_decl && context != inline_function_decl)
eb3ae3e1 1340 for (function = outer_function_chain; function; function = function->outer)
6f086dfc
RS
1341 if (function->decl == context)
1342 break;
1343
6f086dfc
RS
1344 /* If this is a variable-size object with a pseudo to address it,
1345 put that pseudo into the stack, if the var is nonlocal. */
c357082f 1346 if (TREE_CODE (decl) != SAVE_EXPR && DECL_NONLOCAL (decl)
6f086dfc
RS
1347 && GET_CODE (reg) == MEM
1348 && GET_CODE (XEXP (reg, 0)) == REG
1349 && REGNO (XEXP (reg, 0)) > LAST_VIRTUAL_REGISTER)
4cdb3e78
RS
1350 {
1351 reg = XEXP (reg, 0);
1352 decl_mode = promoted_mode = GET_MODE (reg);
1353 }
e15762df 1354
e9a25f70
JL
1355 can_use_addressof
1356 = (function == 0
e5e809f4 1357 && optimize > 0
e9a25f70
JL
1358 /* FIXME make it work for promoted modes too */
1359 && decl_mode == promoted_mode
1360#ifdef NON_SAVING_SETJMP
1361 && ! (NON_SAVING_SETJMP && current_function_calls_setjmp)
1362#endif
1363 );
1364
1365 /* If we can't use ADDRESSOF, make sure we see through one we already
1366 generated. */
1367 if (! can_use_addressof && GET_CODE (reg) == MEM
1368 && GET_CODE (XEXP (reg, 0)) == ADDRESSOF)
1369 reg = XEXP (XEXP (reg, 0), 0);
1370
293e3de4
RS
1371 /* Now we should have a value that resides in one or more pseudo regs. */
1372
1373 if (GET_CODE (reg) == REG)
e9a25f70
JL
1374 {
1375 /* If this variable lives in the current function and we don't need
1376 to put things in the stack for the sake of setjmp, try to keep it
1377 in a register until we know we actually need the address. */
1378 if (can_use_addressof)
1379 gen_mem_addressof (reg, decl);
1380 else
c357082f
RK
1381 put_reg_into_stack (function, reg, TREE_TYPE (decl), promoted_mode,
1382 decl_mode, volatilep, 0, usedp, 0);
e9a25f70 1383 }
293e3de4
RS
1384 else if (GET_CODE (reg) == CONCAT)
1385 {
1386 /* A CONCAT contains two pseudos; put them both in the stack.
018577e4
R
1387 We do it so they end up consecutive.
1388 We fixup references to the parts only after we fixup references
1389 to the whole CONCAT, lest we do double fixups for the latter
1390 references. */
293e3de4 1391 enum machine_mode part_mode = GET_MODE (XEXP (reg, 0));
c3b247b4 1392 tree part_type = type_for_mode (part_mode, 0);
018577e4
R
1393 rtx lopart = XEXP (reg, 0);
1394 rtx hipart = XEXP (reg, 1);
4738c10d 1395#ifdef FRAME_GROWS_DOWNWARD
293e3de4 1396 /* Since part 0 should have a lower address, do it second. */
018577e4
R
1397 put_reg_into_stack (function, hipart, part_type, part_mode,
1398 part_mode, volatilep, 0, 0, 0);
1399 put_reg_into_stack (function, lopart, part_type, part_mode,
1400 part_mode, volatilep, 0, 0, 0);
293e3de4 1401#else
018577e4
R
1402 put_reg_into_stack (function, lopart, part_type, part_mode,
1403 part_mode, volatilep, 0, 0, 0);
1404 put_reg_into_stack (function, hipart, part_type, part_mode,
1405 part_mode, volatilep, 0, 0, 0);
293e3de4
RS
1406#endif
1407
1408 /* Change the CONCAT into a combined MEM for both parts. */
1409 PUT_CODE (reg, MEM);
173b24b9 1410 MEM_ATTRS (reg) = 0;
abde42f7
JH
1411
1412 /* set_mem_attributes uses DECL_RTL to avoid re-generating of
1413 already computed alias sets. Here we want to re-generate. */
1414 if (DECL_P (decl))
1415 SET_DECL_RTL (decl, NULL);
c357082f 1416 set_mem_attributes (reg, decl, 1);
abde42f7
JH
1417 if (DECL_P (decl))
1418 SET_DECL_RTL (decl, reg);
0006e95b 1419
293e3de4
RS
1420 /* The two parts are in memory order already.
1421 Use the lower parts address as ours. */
1422 XEXP (reg, 0) = XEXP (XEXP (reg, 0), 0);
1423 /* Prevent sharing of rtl that might lose. */
1424 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (reg, 0)) == PLUS)
1425 XEXP (reg, 0) = copy_rtx (XEXP (reg, 0));
018577e4
R
1426 if (usedp)
1427 {
1428 schedule_fixup_var_refs (function, reg, TREE_TYPE (decl),
1429 promoted_mode, 0);
1430 schedule_fixup_var_refs (function, lopart, part_type, part_mode, 0);
1431 schedule_fixup_var_refs (function, hipart, part_type, part_mode, 0);
1432 }
293e3de4 1433 }
86fa911a
RK
1434 else
1435 return;
718fe406 1436
7d384cc0 1437 if (current_function_check_memory_usage)
ebb1b59a
BS
1438 emit_library_call (chkr_set_right_libfunc, LCT_CONST_MAKE_BLOCK, VOIDmode,
1439 3, XEXP (reg, 0), Pmode,
86fa911a
RK
1440 GEN_INT (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (reg))),
1441 TYPE_MODE (sizetype),
956d6950
JL
1442 GEN_INT (MEMORY_USE_RW),
1443 TYPE_MODE (integer_type_node));
293e3de4
RS
1444}
1445
1446/* Subroutine of put_var_into_stack. This puts a single pseudo reg REG
1447 into the stack frame of FUNCTION (0 means the current function).
1448 DECL_MODE is the machine mode of the user-level data type.
0006e95b 1449 PROMOTED_MODE is the machine mode of the register.
e5e809f4
JL
1450 VOLATILE_P is nonzero if this is for a "volatile" decl.
1451 USED_P is nonzero if this reg might have already been used in an insn. */
293e3de4
RS
1452
1453static void
e9a25f70 1454put_reg_into_stack (function, reg, type, promoted_mode, decl_mode, volatile_p,
fe9b4957 1455 original_regno, used_p, ht)
293e3de4
RS
1456 struct function *function;
1457 rtx reg;
1458 tree type;
1459 enum machine_mode promoted_mode, decl_mode;
0006e95b 1460 int volatile_p;
770ae6cc 1461 unsigned int original_regno;
e5e809f4 1462 int used_p;
fe9b4957 1463 struct hash_table *ht;
293e3de4 1464{
01d939e8 1465 struct function *func = function ? function : cfun;
293e3de4 1466 rtx new = 0;
770ae6cc 1467 unsigned int regno = original_regno;
e9a25f70
JL
1468
1469 if (regno == 0)
1470 regno = REGNO (reg);
6f086dfc 1471
e2ecd91c
BS
1472 if (regno < func->x_max_parm_reg)
1473 new = func->x_parm_reg_stack_loc[regno];
770ae6cc 1474
e2ecd91c
BS
1475 if (new == 0)
1476 new = assign_stack_local_1 (decl_mode, GET_MODE_SIZE (decl_mode), 0, func);
6f086dfc 1477
ef178af3 1478 PUT_CODE (reg, MEM);
0006e95b 1479 PUT_MODE (reg, decl_mode);
6f086dfc 1480 XEXP (reg, 0) = XEXP (new, 0);
173b24b9 1481 MEM_ATTRS (reg) = 0;
6f086dfc 1482 /* `volatil' bit means one thing for MEMs, another entirely for REGs. */
0006e95b 1483 MEM_VOLATILE_P (reg) = volatile_p;
6f086dfc
RS
1484
1485 /* If this is a memory ref that contains aggregate components,
bdd3e6ab
JW
1486 mark it as such for cse and loop optimize. If we are reusing a
1487 previously generated stack slot, then we need to copy the bit in
1488 case it was set for other reasons. For instance, it is set for
1489 __builtin_va_alist. */
8b4944fb
RH
1490 if (type)
1491 {
1492 MEM_SET_IN_STRUCT_P (reg,
1493 AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (type) || MEM_IN_STRUCT_P (new));
ba4828e0 1494 set_mem_alias_set (reg, get_alias_set (type));
8b4944fb 1495 }
173b24b9 1496
018577e4
R
1497 if (used_p)
1498 schedule_fixup_var_refs (function, reg, type, promoted_mode, ht);
1499}
6f086dfc 1500
018577e4
R
1501/* Make sure that all refs to the variable, previously made
1502 when it was a register, are fixed up to be valid again.
1503 See function above for meaning of arguments. */
1da68f56 1504
018577e4
R
1505static void
1506schedule_fixup_var_refs (function, reg, type, promoted_mode, ht)
1507 struct function *function;
1508 rtx reg;
1509 tree type;
1510 enum machine_mode promoted_mode;
1511 struct hash_table *ht;
1512{
8b4944fb
RH
1513 int unsigned_p = type ? TREE_UNSIGNED (type) : 0;
1514
018577e4 1515 if (function != 0)
6f086dfc
RS
1516 {
1517 struct var_refs_queue *temp;
1518
6f086dfc 1519 temp
7a80cf9a 1520 = (struct var_refs_queue *) ggc_alloc (sizeof (struct var_refs_queue));
6f086dfc 1521 temp->modified = reg;
00d8a4c1 1522 temp->promoted_mode = promoted_mode;
8b4944fb 1523 temp->unsignedp = unsigned_p;
6f086dfc
RS
1524 temp->next = function->fixup_var_refs_queue;
1525 function->fixup_var_refs_queue = temp;
6f086dfc 1526 }
018577e4 1527 else
6f086dfc 1528 /* Variable is local; fix it up now. */
8b4944fb 1529 fixup_var_refs (reg, promoted_mode, unsigned_p, ht);
6f086dfc
RS
1530}
1531\f
1532static void
fe9b4957 1533fixup_var_refs (var, promoted_mode, unsignedp, ht)
6f086dfc 1534 rtx var;
00d8a4c1
RK
1535 enum machine_mode promoted_mode;
1536 int unsignedp;
fe9b4957 1537 struct hash_table *ht;
6f086dfc
RS
1538{
1539 tree pending;
1540 rtx first_insn = get_insns ();
49ad7cfa 1541 struct sequence_stack *stack = seq_stack;
6f086dfc
RS
1542 tree rtl_exps = rtl_expr_chain;
1543
fe9b4957
MM
1544 /* If there's a hash table, it must record all uses of VAR. */
1545 if (ht)
a42a5f59
ZW
1546 {
1547 if (stack != 0)
1548 abort ();
1549 fixup_var_refs_insns_with_hash (ht, var, promoted_mode, unsignedp);
1550 return;
1551 }
1552
1553 fixup_var_refs_insns (first_insn, var, promoted_mode, unsignedp,
1554 stack == 0);
6f086dfc
RS
1555
1556 /* Scan all pending sequences too. */
1557 for (; stack; stack = stack->next)
1558 {
b05467dc 1559 push_to_full_sequence (stack->first, stack->last);
a42a5f59
ZW
1560 fixup_var_refs_insns (stack->first, var, promoted_mode, unsignedp,
1561 stack->next != 0);
6f086dfc
RS
1562 /* Update remembered end of sequence
1563 in case we added an insn at the end. */
1564 stack->last = get_last_insn ();
1565 end_sequence ();
1566 }
1567
1568 /* Scan all waiting RTL_EXPRs too. */
1569 for (pending = rtl_exps; pending; pending = TREE_CHAIN (pending))
1570 {
1571 rtx seq = RTL_EXPR_SEQUENCE (TREE_VALUE (pending));
1572 if (seq != const0_rtx && seq != 0)
1573 {
1574 push_to_sequence (seq);
a42a5f59 1575 fixup_var_refs_insns (seq, var, promoted_mode, unsignedp, 0);
6f086dfc
RS
1576 end_sequence ();
1577 }
1578 }
1579}
1580\f
e15679f8 1581/* REPLACEMENTS is a pointer to a list of the struct fixup_replacement and X is
6f086dfc 1582 some part of an insn. Return a struct fixup_replacement whose OLD
0f41302f 1583 value is equal to X. Allocate a new structure if no such entry exists. */
6f086dfc
RS
1584
1585static struct fixup_replacement *
2740a678 1586find_fixup_replacement (replacements, x)
6f086dfc
RS
1587 struct fixup_replacement **replacements;
1588 rtx x;
1589{
1590 struct fixup_replacement *p;
1591
1592 /* See if we have already replaced this. */
c5c76735 1593 for (p = *replacements; p != 0 && ! rtx_equal_p (p->old, x); p = p->next)
6f086dfc
RS
1594 ;
1595
1596 if (p == 0)
1597 {
1f8f4a0b 1598 p = (struct fixup_replacement *) xmalloc (sizeof (struct fixup_replacement));
6f086dfc
RS
1599 p->old = x;
1600 p->new = 0;
1601 p->next = *replacements;
1602 *replacements = p;
1603 }
1604
1605 return p;
1606}
1607
1608/* Scan the insn-chain starting with INSN for refs to VAR
1609 and fix them up. TOPLEVEL is nonzero if this chain is the
1610 main chain of insns for the current function. */
1611
1612static void
a42a5f59
ZW
1613fixup_var_refs_insns (insn, var, promoted_mode, unsignedp, toplevel)
1614 rtx insn;
6f086dfc 1615 rtx var;
00d8a4c1
RK
1616 enum machine_mode promoted_mode;
1617 int unsignedp;
6f086dfc 1618 int toplevel;
a42a5f59
ZW
1619{
1620 while (insn)
1621 {
1622 /* fixup_var_refs_insn might modify insn, so save its next
1623 pointer now. */
1624 rtx next = NEXT_INSN (insn);
1625
1626 /* CALL_PLACEHOLDERs are special; we have to switch into each of
1627 the three sequences they (potentially) contain, and process
1628 them recursively. The CALL_INSN itself is not interesting. */
1629
1630 if (GET_CODE (insn) == CALL_INSN
1631 && GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == CALL_PLACEHOLDER)
1632 {
1633 int i;
1634
1635 /* Look at the Normal call, sibling call and tail recursion
1636 sequences attached to the CALL_PLACEHOLDER. */
1637 for (i = 0; i < 3; i++)
1638 {
1639 rtx seq = XEXP (PATTERN (insn), i);
1640 if (seq)
1641 {
1642 push_to_sequence (seq);
1643 fixup_var_refs_insns (seq, var, promoted_mode, unsignedp, 0);
1644 XEXP (PATTERN (insn), i) = get_insns ();
1645 end_sequence ();
1646 }
1647 }
1648 }
1649
1650 else if (INSN_P (insn))
1651 fixup_var_refs_insn (insn, var, promoted_mode, unsignedp, toplevel);
1652
1653 insn = next;
1654 }
1655}
1656
1657/* Look up the insns which reference VAR in HT and fix them up. Other
1658 arguments are the same as fixup_var_refs_insns.
1659
1660 N.B. No need for special processing of CALL_PLACEHOLDERs here,
1661 because the hash table will point straight to the interesting insn
1662 (inside the CALL_PLACEHOLDER). */
7a80cf9a 1663
a42a5f59
ZW
1664static void
1665fixup_var_refs_insns_with_hash (ht, var, promoted_mode, unsignedp)
fe9b4957 1666 struct hash_table *ht;
a42a5f59
ZW
1667 rtx var;
1668 enum machine_mode promoted_mode;
1669 int unsignedp;
6f086dfc 1670{
a42a5f59
ZW
1671 struct insns_for_mem_entry *ime = (struct insns_for_mem_entry *)
1672 hash_lookup (ht, var, /*create=*/0, /*copy=*/0);
1673 rtx insn_list = ime->insns;
fe9b4957 1674
a42a5f59 1675 while (insn_list)
fe9b4957 1676 {
a42a5f59
ZW
1677 rtx insn = XEXP (insn_list, 0);
1678
1679 if (INSN_P (insn))
43e72072 1680 fixup_var_refs_insn (insn, var, promoted_mode, unsignedp, 1);
a42a5f59 1681
fe9b4957
MM
1682 insn_list = XEXP (insn_list, 1);
1683 }
a42a5f59 1684}
02a10449 1685
a42a5f59
ZW
1686
1687/* Per-insn processing by fixup_var_refs_insns(_with_hash). INSN is
1688 the insn under examination, VAR is the variable to fix up
1689 references to, PROMOTED_MODE and UNSIGNEDP describe VAR, and
1690 TOPLEVEL is nonzero if this is the main insn chain for this
1691 function. */
7a80cf9a 1692
a42a5f59
ZW
1693static void
1694fixup_var_refs_insn (insn, var, promoted_mode, unsignedp, toplevel)
1695 rtx insn;
1696 rtx var;
1697 enum machine_mode promoted_mode;
1698 int unsignedp;
1699 int toplevel;
1700{
1701 rtx call_dest = 0;
1702 rtx set, prev, prev_set;
1703 rtx note;
1704
1705 /* Remember the notes in case we delete the insn. */
1706 note = REG_NOTES (insn);
1707
1708 /* If this is a CLOBBER of VAR, delete it.
1709
1710 If it has a REG_LIBCALL note, delete the REG_LIBCALL
1711 and REG_RETVAL notes too. */
1712 if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == CLOBBER
1713 && (XEXP (PATTERN (insn), 0) == var
1714 || (GET_CODE (XEXP (PATTERN (insn), 0)) == CONCAT
1715 && (XEXP (XEXP (PATTERN (insn), 0), 0) == var
1716 || XEXP (XEXP (PATTERN (insn), 0), 1) == var))))
6f086dfc 1717 {
a42a5f59
ZW
1718 if ((note = find_reg_note (insn, REG_LIBCALL, NULL_RTX)) != 0)
1719 /* The REG_LIBCALL note will go away since we are going to
1720 turn INSN into a NOTE, so just delete the
1721 corresponding REG_RETVAL note. */
1722 remove_note (XEXP (note, 0),
1723 find_reg_note (XEXP (note, 0), REG_RETVAL,
1724 NULL_RTX));
1725
ca6c03ca 1726 delete_insn (insn);
a42a5f59 1727 }
e5e809f4 1728
a42a5f59
ZW
1729 /* The insn to load VAR from a home in the arglist
1730 is now a no-op. When we see it, just delete it.
1731 Similarly if this is storing VAR from a register from which
1732 it was loaded in the previous insn. This will occur
1733 when an ADDRESSOF was made for an arglist slot. */
1734 else if (toplevel
1735 && (set = single_set (insn)) != 0
1736 && SET_DEST (set) == var
1737 /* If this represents the result of an insn group,
1738 don't delete the insn. */
1739 && find_reg_note (insn, REG_RETVAL, NULL_RTX) == 0
1740 && (rtx_equal_p (SET_SRC (set), var)
1741 || (GET_CODE (SET_SRC (set)) == REG
1742 && (prev = prev_nonnote_insn (insn)) != 0
1743 && (prev_set = single_set (prev)) != 0
1744 && SET_DEST (prev_set) == SET_SRC (set)
1745 && rtx_equal_p (SET_SRC (prev_set), var))))
1746 {
ca6c03ca 1747 delete_insn (insn);
a42a5f59
ZW
1748 }
1749 else
1750 {
1751 struct fixup_replacement *replacements = 0;
1752 rtx next_insn = NEXT_INSN (insn);
1753
1754 if (SMALL_REGISTER_CLASSES)
6f086dfc 1755 {
a42a5f59
ZW
1756 /* If the insn that copies the results of a CALL_INSN
1757 into a pseudo now references VAR, we have to use an
1758 intermediate pseudo since we want the life of the
1759 return value register to be only a single insn.
1760
1761 If we don't use an intermediate pseudo, such things as
1762 address computations to make the address of VAR valid
1763 if it is not can be placed between the CALL_INSN and INSN.
1764
1765 To make sure this doesn't happen, we record the destination
1766 of the CALL_INSN and see if the next insn uses both that
1767 and VAR. */
1768
1769 if (call_dest != 0 && GET_CODE (insn) == INSN
1770 && reg_mentioned_p (var, PATTERN (insn))
1771 && reg_mentioned_p (call_dest, PATTERN (insn)))
63770d6a 1772 {
a42a5f59 1773 rtx temp = gen_reg_rtx (GET_MODE (call_dest));
63770d6a 1774
a42a5f59
ZW
1775 emit_insn_before (gen_move_insn (temp, call_dest), insn);
1776
1777 PATTERN (insn) = replace_rtx (PATTERN (insn),
1778 call_dest, temp);
6f086dfc 1779 }
02a10449 1780
a42a5f59
ZW
1781 if (GET_CODE (insn) == CALL_INSN
1782 && GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == SET)
1783 call_dest = SET_DEST (PATTERN (insn));
1784 else if (GET_CODE (insn) == CALL_INSN
1785 && GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == PARALLEL
1786 && GET_CODE (XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn), 0, 0)) == SET)
1787 call_dest = SET_DEST (XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn), 0, 0));
1788 else
1789 call_dest = 0;
1790 }
02a10449 1791
a42a5f59
ZW
1792 /* See if we have to do anything to INSN now that VAR is in
1793 memory. If it needs to be loaded into a pseudo, use a single
1794 pseudo for the entire insn in case there is a MATCH_DUP
1795 between two operands. We pass a pointer to the head of
1796 a list of struct fixup_replacements. If fixup_var_refs_1
1797 needs to allocate pseudos or replacement MEMs (for SUBREGs),
1798 it will record them in this list.
02a10449 1799
a42a5f59
ZW
1800 If it allocated a pseudo for any replacement, we copy into
1801 it here. */
718fe406 1802
a42a5f59
ZW
1803 fixup_var_refs_1 (var, promoted_mode, &PATTERN (insn), insn,
1804 &replacements);
02a10449 1805
a42a5f59
ZW
1806 /* If this is last_parm_insn, and any instructions were output
1807 after it to fix it up, then we must set last_parm_insn to
1808 the last such instruction emitted. */
1809 if (insn == last_parm_insn)
1810 last_parm_insn = PREV_INSN (next_insn);
718fe406 1811
a42a5f59
ZW
1812 while (replacements)
1813 {
1814 struct fixup_replacement *next;
6f086dfc 1815
a42a5f59
ZW
1816 if (GET_CODE (replacements->new) == REG)
1817 {
1818 rtx insert_before;
1819 rtx seq;
6f086dfc 1820
a42a5f59
ZW
1821 /* OLD might be a (subreg (mem)). */
1822 if (GET_CODE (replacements->old) == SUBREG)
1823 replacements->old
1824 = fixup_memory_subreg (replacements->old, insn, 0);
1825 else
1826 replacements->old
1827 = fixup_stack_1 (replacements->old, insn);
77121fee 1828
a42a5f59 1829 insert_before = insn;
1f8f4a0b 1830
a42a5f59
ZW
1831 /* If we are changing the mode, do a conversion.
1832 This might be wasteful, but combine.c will
1833 eliminate much of the waste. */
6f086dfc 1834
a42a5f59
ZW
1835 if (GET_MODE (replacements->new)
1836 != GET_MODE (replacements->old))
1837 {
1838 start_sequence ();
1839 convert_move (replacements->new,
1840 replacements->old, unsignedp);
1841 seq = gen_sequence ();
1842 end_sequence ();
6f086dfc 1843 }
a42a5f59
ZW
1844 else
1845 seq = gen_move_insn (replacements->new,
1846 replacements->old);
6f086dfc 1847
a42a5f59 1848 emit_insn_before (seq, insert_before);
ef178af3 1849 }
fe9b4957 1850
a42a5f59
ZW
1851 next = replacements->next;
1852 free (replacements);
1853 replacements = next;
fe9b4957 1854 }
a42a5f59
ZW
1855 }
1856
1857 /* Also fix up any invalid exprs in the REG_NOTES of this insn.
1858 But don't touch other insns referred to by reg-notes;
1859 we will get them elsewhere. */
1860 while (note)
1861 {
1862 if (GET_CODE (note) != INSN_LIST)
1863 XEXP (note, 0)
1864 = walk_fixup_memory_subreg (XEXP (note, 0), insn, 1);
1865 note = XEXP (note, 1);
6f086dfc
RS
1866 }
1867}
1868\f
00d8a4c1 1869/* VAR is a MEM that used to be a pseudo register with mode PROMOTED_MODE.
718fe406 1870 See if the rtx expression at *LOC in INSN needs to be changed.
6f086dfc
RS
1871
1872 REPLACEMENTS is a pointer to a list head that starts out zero, but may
1873 contain a list of original rtx's and replacements. If we find that we need
1874 to modify this insn by replacing a memory reference with a pseudo or by
1875 making a new MEM to implement a SUBREG, we consult that list to see if
1876 we have already chosen a replacement. If none has already been allocated,
a42a5f59 1877 we allocate it and update the list. fixup_var_refs_insn will copy VAR
6f086dfc
RS
1878 or the SUBREG, as appropriate, to the pseudo. */
1879
1880static void
00d8a4c1 1881fixup_var_refs_1 (var, promoted_mode, loc, insn, replacements)
b3694847 1882 rtx var;
00d8a4c1 1883 enum machine_mode promoted_mode;
b3694847 1884 rtx *loc;
6f086dfc
RS
1885 rtx insn;
1886 struct fixup_replacement **replacements;
1887{
b3694847
SS
1888 int i;
1889 rtx x = *loc;
6f086dfc 1890 RTX_CODE code = GET_CODE (x);
b3694847
SS
1891 const char *fmt;
1892 rtx tem, tem1;
6f086dfc
RS
1893 struct fixup_replacement *replacement;
1894
1895 switch (code)
1896 {
e9a25f70
JL
1897 case ADDRESSOF:
1898 if (XEXP (x, 0) == var)
1899 {
956d6950
JL
1900 /* Prevent sharing of rtl that might lose. */
1901 rtx sub = copy_rtx (XEXP (var, 0));
1902
956d6950
JL
1903 if (! validate_change (insn, loc, sub, 0))
1904 {
5f98f7c4
RH
1905 rtx y = gen_reg_rtx (GET_MODE (sub));
1906 rtx seq, new_insn;
1907
1908 /* We should be able to replace with a register or all is lost.
1909 Note that we can't use validate_change to verify this, since
1910 we're not caring for replacing all dups simultaneously. */
1911 if (! validate_replace_rtx (*loc, y, insn))
1912 abort ();
1913
1914 /* Careful! First try to recognize a direct move of the
1915 value, mimicking how things are done in gen_reload wrt
1916 PLUS. Consider what happens when insn is a conditional
1917 move instruction and addsi3 clobbers flags. */
1918
1919 start_sequence ();
1920 new_insn = emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, y, sub));
1921 seq = gen_sequence ();
1922 end_sequence ();
1923
1924 if (recog_memoized (new_insn) < 0)
1925 {
1926 /* That failed. Fall back on force_operand and hope. */
956d6950 1927
5f98f7c4 1928 start_sequence ();
e2a5f96b
R
1929 sub = force_operand (sub, y);
1930 if (sub != y)
1931 emit_insn (gen_move_insn (y, sub));
5f98f7c4
RH
1932 seq = gen_sequence ();
1933 end_sequence ();
1934 }
956d6950 1935
5f98f7c4
RH
1936#ifdef HAVE_cc0
1937 /* Don't separate setter from user. */
1938 if (PREV_INSN (insn) && sets_cc0_p (PREV_INSN (insn)))
1939 insn = PREV_INSN (insn);
1940#endif
1941
1942 emit_insn_before (seq, insn);
1943 }
e9a25f70
JL
1944 }
1945 return;
1946
6f086dfc
RS
1947 case MEM:
1948 if (var == x)
1949 {
718fe406 1950 /* If we already have a replacement, use it. Otherwise,
6f086dfc
RS
1951 try to fix up this address in case it is invalid. */
1952
2740a678 1953 replacement = find_fixup_replacement (replacements, var);
6f086dfc
RS
1954 if (replacement->new)
1955 {
1956 *loc = replacement->new;
1957 return;
1958 }
1959
1960 *loc = replacement->new = x = fixup_stack_1 (x, insn);
1961
00d8a4c1
RK
1962 /* Unless we are forcing memory to register or we changed the mode,
1963 we can leave things the way they are if the insn is valid. */
718fe406 1964
6f086dfc 1965 INSN_CODE (insn) = -1;
00d8a4c1
RK
1966 if (! flag_force_mem && GET_MODE (x) == promoted_mode
1967 && recog_memoized (insn) >= 0)
6f086dfc
RS
1968 return;
1969
00d8a4c1 1970 *loc = replacement->new = gen_reg_rtx (promoted_mode);
6f086dfc
RS
1971 return;
1972 }
1973
1974 /* If X contains VAR, we need to unshare it here so that we update
1975 each occurrence separately. But all identical MEMs in one insn
1976 must be replaced with the same rtx because of the possibility of
1977 MATCH_DUPs. */
1978
1979 if (reg_mentioned_p (var, x))
1980 {
2740a678 1981 replacement = find_fixup_replacement (replacements, x);
6f086dfc
RS
1982 if (replacement->new == 0)
1983 replacement->new = copy_most_rtx (x, var);
1984
1985 *loc = x = replacement->new;
3f546a53 1986 code = GET_CODE (x);
6f086dfc
RS
1987 }
1988 break;
1989
1990 case REG:
1991 case CC0:
1992 case PC:
1993 case CONST_INT:
1994 case CONST:
1995 case SYMBOL_REF:
1996 case LABEL_REF:
1997 case CONST_DOUBLE:
1998 return;
1999
2000 case SIGN_EXTRACT:
2001 case ZERO_EXTRACT:
2002 /* Note that in some cases those types of expressions are altered
2003 by optimize_bit_field, and do not survive to get here. */
2004 if (XEXP (x, 0) == var
2005 || (GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == SUBREG
2006 && SUBREG_REG (XEXP (x, 0)) == var))
2007 {
2008 /* Get TEM as a valid MEM in the mode presently in the insn.
2009
2010 We don't worry about the possibility of MATCH_DUP here; it
2011 is highly unlikely and would be tricky to handle. */
2012
2013 tem = XEXP (x, 0);
2014 if (GET_CODE (tem) == SUBREG)
0e09cc26
RK
2015 {
2016 if (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (tem))
2017 > GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (var)))
2018 {
2019 replacement = find_fixup_replacement (replacements, var);
2020 if (replacement->new == 0)
2021 replacement->new = gen_reg_rtx (GET_MODE (var));
2022 SUBREG_REG (tem) = replacement->new;
226ed43f
JW
2023
2024 /* The following code works only if we have a MEM, so we
2025 need to handle the subreg here. We directly substitute
2026 it assuming that a subreg must be OK here. We already
2027 scheduled a replacement to copy the mem into the
2028 subreg. */
2029 XEXP (x, 0) = tem;
2030 return;
0e09cc26 2031 }
ef933d26
RK
2032 else
2033 tem = fixup_memory_subreg (tem, insn, 0);
0e09cc26
RK
2034 }
2035 else
2036 tem = fixup_stack_1 (tem, insn);
6f086dfc
RS
2037
2038 /* Unless we want to load from memory, get TEM into the proper mode
2039 for an extract from memory. This can only be done if the
2040 extract is at a constant position and length. */
2041
2042 if (! flag_force_mem && GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 1)) == CONST_INT
2043 && GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 2)) == CONST_INT
2044 && ! mode_dependent_address_p (XEXP (tem, 0))
2045 && ! MEM_VOLATILE_P (tem))
2046 {
2047 enum machine_mode wanted_mode = VOIDmode;
2048 enum machine_mode is_mode = GET_MODE (tem);
e5e809f4 2049 HOST_WIDE_INT pos = INTVAL (XEXP (x, 2));
6f086dfc 2050
6f086dfc 2051 if (GET_CODE (x) == ZERO_EXTRACT)
0d8e55d8 2052 {
da920570
ZW
2053 enum machine_mode new_mode
2054 = mode_for_extraction (EP_extzv, 1);
2055 if (new_mode != MAX_MACHINE_MODE)
2056 wanted_mode = new_mode;
0d8e55d8 2057 }
da920570 2058 else if (GET_CODE (x) == SIGN_EXTRACT)
0d8e55d8 2059 {
da920570
ZW
2060 enum machine_mode new_mode
2061 = mode_for_extraction (EP_extv, 1);
2062 if (new_mode != MAX_MACHINE_MODE)
2063 wanted_mode = new_mode;
0d8e55d8 2064 }
da920570 2065
6dc42e49 2066 /* If we have a narrower mode, we can do something. */
6f086dfc
RS
2067 if (wanted_mode != VOIDmode
2068 && GET_MODE_SIZE (wanted_mode) < GET_MODE_SIZE (is_mode))
2069 {
e5e809f4 2070 HOST_WIDE_INT offset = pos / BITS_PER_UNIT;
6f086dfc
RS
2071 rtx old_pos = XEXP (x, 2);
2072 rtx newmem;
2073
2074 /* If the bytes and bits are counted differently, we
2075 must adjust the offset. */
f76b9db2
ILT
2076 if (BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN != BITS_BIG_ENDIAN)
2077 offset = (GET_MODE_SIZE (is_mode)
2078 - GET_MODE_SIZE (wanted_mode) - offset);
6f086dfc
RS
2079
2080 pos %= GET_MODE_BITSIZE (wanted_mode);
2081
f1ec5147 2082 newmem = adjust_address_nv (tem, wanted_mode, offset);
6f086dfc
RS
2083
2084 /* Make the change and see if the insn remains valid. */
2085 INSN_CODE (insn) = -1;
2086 XEXP (x, 0) = newmem;
5f4f0e22 2087 XEXP (x, 2) = GEN_INT (pos);
6f086dfc
RS
2088
2089 if (recog_memoized (insn) >= 0)
2090 return;
2091
2092 /* Otherwise, restore old position. XEXP (x, 0) will be
2093 restored later. */
2094 XEXP (x, 2) = old_pos;
2095 }
2096 }
2097
2098 /* If we get here, the bitfield extract insn can't accept a memory
2099 reference. Copy the input into a register. */
2100
2101 tem1 = gen_reg_rtx (GET_MODE (tem));
2102 emit_insn_before (gen_move_insn (tem1, tem), insn);
2103 XEXP (x, 0) = tem1;
2104 return;
2105 }
2106 break;
718fe406 2107
6f086dfc
RS
2108 case SUBREG:
2109 if (SUBREG_REG (x) == var)
2110 {
00d8a4c1
RK
2111 /* If this is a special SUBREG made because VAR was promoted
2112 from a wider mode, replace it with VAR and call ourself
2113 recursively, this time saying that the object previously
2114 had its current mode (by virtue of the SUBREG). */
2115
2116 if (SUBREG_PROMOTED_VAR_P (x))
2117 {
2118 *loc = var;
2119 fixup_var_refs_1 (var, GET_MODE (var), loc, insn, replacements);
2120 return;
2121 }
2122
6f086dfc 2123 /* If this SUBREG makes VAR wider, it has become a paradoxical
718fe406 2124 SUBREG with VAR in memory, but these aren't allowed at this
6f086dfc
RS
2125 stage of the compilation. So load VAR into a pseudo and take
2126 a SUBREG of that pseudo. */
2127 if (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x)) > GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (var)))
2128 {
2740a678 2129 replacement = find_fixup_replacement (replacements, var);
6f086dfc 2130 if (replacement->new == 0)
6349ad24 2131 replacement->new = gen_reg_rtx (promoted_mode);
6f086dfc
RS
2132 SUBREG_REG (x) = replacement->new;
2133 return;
2134 }
2135
2136 /* See if we have already found a replacement for this SUBREG.
2137 If so, use it. Otherwise, make a MEM and see if the insn
2138 is recognized. If not, or if we should force MEM into a register,
2139 make a pseudo for this SUBREG. */
2740a678 2140 replacement = find_fixup_replacement (replacements, x);
6f086dfc
RS
2141 if (replacement->new)
2142 {
2143 *loc = replacement->new;
2144 return;
2145 }
718fe406 2146
6f086dfc
RS
2147 replacement->new = *loc = fixup_memory_subreg (x, insn, 0);
2148
f898f031 2149 INSN_CODE (insn) = -1;
6f086dfc
RS
2150 if (! flag_force_mem && recog_memoized (insn) >= 0)
2151 return;
2152
2153 *loc = replacement->new = gen_reg_rtx (GET_MODE (x));
2154 return;
2155 }
2156 break;
2157
2158 case SET:
2159 /* First do special simplification of bit-field references. */
2160 if (GET_CODE (SET_DEST (x)) == SIGN_EXTRACT
2161 || GET_CODE (SET_DEST (x)) == ZERO_EXTRACT)
2162 optimize_bit_field (x, insn, 0);
2163 if (GET_CODE (SET_SRC (x)) == SIGN_EXTRACT
2164 || GET_CODE (SET_SRC (x)) == ZERO_EXTRACT)
6496a589 2165 optimize_bit_field (x, insn, 0);
6f086dfc 2166
0e09cc26
RK
2167 /* For a paradoxical SUBREG inside a ZERO_EXTRACT, load the object
2168 into a register and then store it back out. */
2169 if (GET_CODE (SET_DEST (x)) == ZERO_EXTRACT
2170 && GET_CODE (XEXP (SET_DEST (x), 0)) == SUBREG
2171 && SUBREG_REG (XEXP (SET_DEST (x), 0)) == var
2172 && (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (SET_DEST (x), 0)))
2173 > GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (var))))
2174 {
2175 replacement = find_fixup_replacement (replacements, var);
2176 if (replacement->new == 0)
2177 replacement->new = gen_reg_rtx (GET_MODE (var));
2178
2179 SUBREG_REG (XEXP (SET_DEST (x), 0)) = replacement->new;
2180 emit_insn_after (gen_move_insn (var, replacement->new), insn);
2181 }
2182
6f086dfc 2183 /* If SET_DEST is now a paradoxical SUBREG, put the result of this
0f41302f 2184 insn into a pseudo and store the low part of the pseudo into VAR. */
6f086dfc
RS
2185 if (GET_CODE (SET_DEST (x)) == SUBREG
2186 && SUBREG_REG (SET_DEST (x)) == var
2187 && (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (SET_DEST (x)))
2188 > GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (var))))
2189 {
2190 SET_DEST (x) = tem = gen_reg_rtx (GET_MODE (SET_DEST (x)));
2191 emit_insn_after (gen_move_insn (var, gen_lowpart (GET_MODE (var),
2192 tem)),
2193 insn);
2194 break;
2195 }
718fe406 2196
6f086dfc
RS
2197 {
2198 rtx dest = SET_DEST (x);
2199 rtx src = SET_SRC (x);
2200 rtx outerdest = dest;
2201
2202 while (GET_CODE (dest) == SUBREG || GET_CODE (dest) == STRICT_LOW_PART
2203 || GET_CODE (dest) == SIGN_EXTRACT
2204 || GET_CODE (dest) == ZERO_EXTRACT)
2205 dest = XEXP (dest, 0);
2206
2207 if (GET_CODE (src) == SUBREG)
ddef6bc7 2208 src = SUBREG_REG (src);
6f086dfc
RS
2209
2210 /* If VAR does not appear at the top level of the SET
2211 just scan the lower levels of the tree. */
2212
718fe406 2213 if (src != var && dest != var)
6f086dfc
RS
2214 break;
2215
2216 /* We will need to rerecognize this insn. */
2217 INSN_CODE (insn) = -1;
2218
da920570
ZW
2219 if (GET_CODE (outerdest) == ZERO_EXTRACT && dest == var
2220 && mode_for_extraction (EP_insv, -1) != MAX_MACHINE_MODE)
6f086dfc
RS
2221 {
2222 /* Since this case will return, ensure we fixup all the
2223 operands here. */
00d8a4c1
RK
2224 fixup_var_refs_1 (var, promoted_mode, &XEXP (outerdest, 1),
2225 insn, replacements);
2226 fixup_var_refs_1 (var, promoted_mode, &XEXP (outerdest, 2),
2227 insn, replacements);
2228 fixup_var_refs_1 (var, promoted_mode, &SET_SRC (x),
2229 insn, replacements);
6f086dfc
RS
2230
2231 tem = XEXP (outerdest, 0);
2232
2233 /* Clean up (SUBREG:SI (MEM:mode ...) 0)
2234 that may appear inside a ZERO_EXTRACT.
2235 This was legitimate when the MEM was a REG. */
2236 if (GET_CODE (tem) == SUBREG
2237 && SUBREG_REG (tem) == var)
0e09cc26 2238 tem = fixup_memory_subreg (tem, insn, 0);
6f086dfc
RS
2239 else
2240 tem = fixup_stack_1 (tem, insn);
2241
2242 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (outerdest, 1)) == CONST_INT
2243 && GET_CODE (XEXP (outerdest, 2)) == CONST_INT
2244 && ! mode_dependent_address_p (XEXP (tem, 0))
2245 && ! MEM_VOLATILE_P (tem))
2246 {
0d8e55d8 2247 enum machine_mode wanted_mode;
6f086dfc 2248 enum machine_mode is_mode = GET_MODE (tem);
e5e809f4 2249 HOST_WIDE_INT pos = INTVAL (XEXP (outerdest, 2));
6f086dfc 2250
da920570 2251 wanted_mode = mode_for_extraction (EP_insv, 0);
0d8e55d8 2252
6dc42e49 2253 /* If we have a narrower mode, we can do something. */
6f086dfc
RS
2254 if (GET_MODE_SIZE (wanted_mode) < GET_MODE_SIZE (is_mode))
2255 {
e5e809f4 2256 HOST_WIDE_INT offset = pos / BITS_PER_UNIT;
6f086dfc
RS
2257 rtx old_pos = XEXP (outerdest, 2);
2258 rtx newmem;
2259
f76b9db2
ILT
2260 if (BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN != BITS_BIG_ENDIAN)
2261 offset = (GET_MODE_SIZE (is_mode)
2262 - GET_MODE_SIZE (wanted_mode) - offset);
6f086dfc
RS
2263
2264 pos %= GET_MODE_BITSIZE (wanted_mode);
2265
f1ec5147 2266 newmem = adjust_address_nv (tem, wanted_mode, offset);
6f086dfc
RS
2267
2268 /* Make the change and see if the insn remains valid. */
2269 INSN_CODE (insn) = -1;
2270 XEXP (outerdest, 0) = newmem;
5f4f0e22 2271 XEXP (outerdest, 2) = GEN_INT (pos);
718fe406 2272
6f086dfc
RS
2273 if (recog_memoized (insn) >= 0)
2274 return;
718fe406 2275
6f086dfc
RS
2276 /* Otherwise, restore old position. XEXP (x, 0) will be
2277 restored later. */
2278 XEXP (outerdest, 2) = old_pos;
2279 }
2280 }
2281
2282 /* If we get here, the bit-field store doesn't allow memory
2283 or isn't located at a constant position. Load the value into
2284 a register, do the store, and put it back into memory. */
2285
2286 tem1 = gen_reg_rtx (GET_MODE (tem));
2287 emit_insn_before (gen_move_insn (tem1, tem), insn);
2288 emit_insn_after (gen_move_insn (tem, tem1), insn);
2289 XEXP (outerdest, 0) = tem1;
2290 return;
2291 }
6f086dfc
RS
2292
2293 /* STRICT_LOW_PART is a no-op on memory references
2294 and it can cause combinations to be unrecognizable,
2295 so eliminate it. */
2296
2297 if (dest == var && GET_CODE (SET_DEST (x)) == STRICT_LOW_PART)
2298 SET_DEST (x) = XEXP (SET_DEST (x), 0);
2299
2300 /* A valid insn to copy VAR into or out of a register
2301 must be left alone, to avoid an infinite loop here.
2302 If the reference to VAR is by a subreg, fix that up,
2303 since SUBREG is not valid for a memref.
e15762df
RK
2304 Also fix up the address of the stack slot.
2305
2306 Note that we must not try to recognize the insn until
2307 after we know that we have valid addresses and no
2308 (subreg (mem ...) ...) constructs, since these interfere
2309 with determining the validity of the insn. */
6f086dfc
RS
2310
2311 if ((SET_SRC (x) == var
2312 || (GET_CODE (SET_SRC (x)) == SUBREG
2313 && SUBREG_REG (SET_SRC (x)) == var))
2314 && (GET_CODE (SET_DEST (x)) == REG
2315 || (GET_CODE (SET_DEST (x)) == SUBREG
2316 && GET_CODE (SUBREG_REG (SET_DEST (x))) == REG))
1d273bf5 2317 && GET_MODE (var) == promoted_mode
c46722a7 2318 && x == single_set (insn))
6f086dfc 2319 {
cc0cbae1 2320 rtx pat, last;
e15762df 2321
2740a678 2322 replacement = find_fixup_replacement (replacements, SET_SRC (x));
6f086dfc 2323 if (replacement->new)
6f086dfc 2324 SET_SRC (x) = replacement->new;
6f086dfc
RS
2325 else if (GET_CODE (SET_SRC (x)) == SUBREG)
2326 SET_SRC (x) = replacement->new
2327 = fixup_memory_subreg (SET_SRC (x), insn, 0);
2328 else
2329 SET_SRC (x) = replacement->new
2330 = fixup_stack_1 (SET_SRC (x), insn);
e15762df
RK
2331
2332 if (recog_memoized (insn) >= 0)
2333 return;
2334
2335 /* INSN is not valid, but we know that we want to
2336 copy SET_SRC (x) to SET_DEST (x) in some way. So
2337 we generate the move and see whether it requires more
2338 than one insn. If it does, we emit those insns and
718fe406 2339 delete INSN. Otherwise, we an just replace the pattern
e15762df
RK
2340 of INSN; we have already verified above that INSN has
2341 no other function that to do X. */
2342
2343 pat = gen_move_insn (SET_DEST (x), SET_SRC (x));
2344 if (GET_CODE (pat) == SEQUENCE)
2345 {
cc0cbae1
JW
2346 last = emit_insn_before (pat, insn);
2347
2348 /* INSN might have REG_RETVAL or other important notes, so
2349 we need to store the pattern of the last insn in the
2350 sequence into INSN similarly to the normal case. LAST
2351 should not have REG_NOTES, but we allow them if INSN has
2352 no REG_NOTES. */
2353 if (REG_NOTES (last) && REG_NOTES (insn))
2354 abort ();
2355 if (REG_NOTES (last))
2356 REG_NOTES (insn) = REG_NOTES (last);
2357 PATTERN (insn) = PATTERN (last);
2358
ca6c03ca 2359 delete_insn (last);
e15762df
RK
2360 }
2361 else
2362 PATTERN (insn) = pat;
2363
6f086dfc
RS
2364 return;
2365 }
2366
2367 if ((SET_DEST (x) == var
2368 || (GET_CODE (SET_DEST (x)) == SUBREG
2369 && SUBREG_REG (SET_DEST (x)) == var))
2370 && (GET_CODE (SET_SRC (x)) == REG
2371 || (GET_CODE (SET_SRC (x)) == SUBREG
2372 && GET_CODE (SUBREG_REG (SET_SRC (x))) == REG))
1d273bf5 2373 && GET_MODE (var) == promoted_mode
c46722a7 2374 && x == single_set (insn))
6f086dfc 2375 {
cc0cbae1 2376 rtx pat, last;
e15762df 2377
6f086dfc
RS
2378 if (GET_CODE (SET_DEST (x)) == SUBREG)
2379 SET_DEST (x) = fixup_memory_subreg (SET_DEST (x), insn, 0);
2380 else
2381 SET_DEST (x) = fixup_stack_1 (SET_DEST (x), insn);
e15762df
RK
2382
2383 if (recog_memoized (insn) >= 0)
2384 return;
2385
2386 pat = gen_move_insn (SET_DEST (x), SET_SRC (x));
2387 if (GET_CODE (pat) == SEQUENCE)
2388 {
cc0cbae1
JW
2389 last = emit_insn_before (pat, insn);
2390
2391 /* INSN might have REG_RETVAL or other important notes, so
2392 we need to store the pattern of the last insn in the
2393 sequence into INSN similarly to the normal case. LAST
2394 should not have REG_NOTES, but we allow them if INSN has
2395 no REG_NOTES. */
2396 if (REG_NOTES (last) && REG_NOTES (insn))
2397 abort ();
2398 if (REG_NOTES (last))
2399 REG_NOTES (insn) = REG_NOTES (last);
2400 PATTERN (insn) = PATTERN (last);
2401
ca6c03ca 2402 delete_insn (last);
e15762df
RK
2403 }
2404 else
2405 PATTERN (insn) = pat;
2406
6f086dfc
RS
2407 return;
2408 }
2409
2410 /* Otherwise, storing into VAR must be handled specially
2411 by storing into a temporary and copying that into VAR
00d8a4c1
RK
2412 with a new insn after this one. Note that this case
2413 will be used when storing into a promoted scalar since
2414 the insn will now have different modes on the input
2415 and output and hence will be invalid (except for the case
2416 of setting it to a constant, which does not need any
2417 change if it is valid). We generate extra code in that case,
2418 but combine.c will eliminate it. */
6f086dfc
RS
2419
2420 if (dest == var)
2421 {
2422 rtx temp;
00d8a4c1
RK
2423 rtx fixeddest = SET_DEST (x);
2424
6f086dfc 2425 /* STRICT_LOW_PART can be discarded, around a MEM. */
00d8a4c1
RK
2426 if (GET_CODE (fixeddest) == STRICT_LOW_PART)
2427 fixeddest = XEXP (fixeddest, 0);
6f086dfc 2428 /* Convert (SUBREG (MEM)) to a MEM in a changed mode. */
00d8a4c1 2429 if (GET_CODE (fixeddest) == SUBREG)
926d1ca5
RK
2430 {
2431 fixeddest = fixup_memory_subreg (fixeddest, insn, 0);
2432 promoted_mode = GET_MODE (fixeddest);
2433 }
6f086dfc 2434 else
00d8a4c1
RK
2435 fixeddest = fixup_stack_1 (fixeddest, insn);
2436
926d1ca5 2437 temp = gen_reg_rtx (promoted_mode);
00d8a4c1
RK
2438
2439 emit_insn_after (gen_move_insn (fixeddest,
2440 gen_lowpart (GET_MODE (fixeddest),
2441 temp)),
2442 insn);
6f086dfc 2443
6f086dfc
RS
2444 SET_DEST (x) = temp;
2445 }
2446 }
e9a25f70
JL
2447
2448 default:
2449 break;
6f086dfc
RS
2450 }
2451
2452 /* Nothing special about this RTX; fix its operands. */
2453
2454 fmt = GET_RTX_FORMAT (code);
2455 for (i = GET_RTX_LENGTH (code) - 1; i >= 0; i--)
2456 {
2457 if (fmt[i] == 'e')
00d8a4c1 2458 fixup_var_refs_1 (var, promoted_mode, &XEXP (x, i), insn, replacements);
d4757e6a 2459 else if (fmt[i] == 'E')
6f086dfc 2460 {
b3694847 2461 int j;
6f086dfc 2462 for (j = 0; j < XVECLEN (x, i); j++)
00d8a4c1
RK
2463 fixup_var_refs_1 (var, promoted_mode, &XVECEXP (x, i, j),
2464 insn, replacements);
6f086dfc
RS
2465 }
2466 }
2467}
2468\f
2469/* Given X, an rtx of the form (SUBREG:m1 (MEM:m2 addr)),
2470 return an rtx (MEM:m1 newaddr) which is equivalent.
2471 If any insns must be emitted to compute NEWADDR, put them before INSN.
2472
2473 UNCRITICAL nonzero means accept paradoxical subregs.
0f41302f 2474 This is used for subregs found inside REG_NOTES. */
6f086dfc
RS
2475
2476static rtx
2477fixup_memory_subreg (x, insn, uncritical)
2478 rtx x;
2479 rtx insn;
2480 int uncritical;
2481{
ddef6bc7 2482 int offset = SUBREG_BYTE (x);
6f086dfc
RS
2483 rtx addr = XEXP (SUBREG_REG (x), 0);
2484 enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (x);
29a82058 2485 rtx result;
6f086dfc
RS
2486
2487 /* Paradoxical SUBREGs are usually invalid during RTL generation. */
2488 if (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) > GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (x)))
2489 && ! uncritical)
2490 abort ();
2491
f4ef873c
RK
2492 if (!flag_force_addr
2493 && memory_address_p (mode, plus_constant (addr, offset)))
6f086dfc 2494 /* Shortcut if no insns need be emitted. */
f4ef873c
RK
2495 return adjust_address (SUBREG_REG (x), mode, offset);
2496
6f086dfc 2497 start_sequence ();
f4ef873c 2498 result = adjust_address (SUBREG_REG (x), mode, offset);
6f086dfc
RS
2499 emit_insn_before (gen_sequence (), insn);
2500 end_sequence ();
2501 return result;
2502}
2503
2504/* Do fixup_memory_subreg on all (SUBREG (MEM ...) ...) contained in X.
2505 Replace subexpressions of X in place.
2506 If X itself is a (SUBREG (MEM ...) ...), return the replacement expression.
2507 Otherwise return X, with its contents possibly altered.
2508
718fe406 2509 If any insns must be emitted to compute NEWADDR, put them before INSN.
ab6155b7
RK
2510
2511 UNCRITICAL is as in fixup_memory_subreg. */
6f086dfc
RS
2512
2513static rtx
ab6155b7 2514walk_fixup_memory_subreg (x, insn, uncritical)
b3694847 2515 rtx x;
6f086dfc 2516 rtx insn;
ab6155b7 2517 int uncritical;
6f086dfc 2518{
b3694847
SS
2519 enum rtx_code code;
2520 const char *fmt;
2521 int i;
6f086dfc
RS
2522
2523 if (x == 0)
2524 return 0;
2525
2526 code = GET_CODE (x);
2527
2528 if (code == SUBREG && GET_CODE (SUBREG_REG (x)) == MEM)
ab6155b7 2529 return fixup_memory_subreg (x, insn, uncritical);
6f086dfc
RS
2530
2531 /* Nothing special about this RTX; fix its operands. */
2532
2533 fmt = GET_RTX_FORMAT (code);
2534 for (i = GET_RTX_LENGTH (code) - 1; i >= 0; i--)
2535 {
2536 if (fmt[i] == 'e')
ab6155b7 2537 XEXP (x, i) = walk_fixup_memory_subreg (XEXP (x, i), insn, uncritical);
d4757e6a 2538 else if (fmt[i] == 'E')
6f086dfc 2539 {
b3694847 2540 int j;
6f086dfc
RS
2541 for (j = 0; j < XVECLEN (x, i); j++)
2542 XVECEXP (x, i, j)
ab6155b7 2543 = walk_fixup_memory_subreg (XVECEXP (x, i, j), insn, uncritical);
6f086dfc
RS
2544 }
2545 }
2546 return x;
2547}
2548\f
6f086dfc
RS
2549/* For each memory ref within X, if it refers to a stack slot
2550 with an out of range displacement, put the address in a temp register
2551 (emitting new insns before INSN to load these registers)
2552 and alter the memory ref to use that register.
2553 Replace each such MEM rtx with a copy, to avoid clobberage. */
2554
2555static rtx
2556fixup_stack_1 (x, insn)
2557 rtx x;
2558 rtx insn;
2559{
b3694847
SS
2560 int i;
2561 RTX_CODE code = GET_CODE (x);
2562 const char *fmt;
6f086dfc
RS
2563
2564 if (code == MEM)
2565 {
b3694847 2566 rtx ad = XEXP (x, 0);
6f086dfc
RS
2567 /* If we have address of a stack slot but it's not valid
2568 (displacement is too large), compute the sum in a register. */
2569 if (GET_CODE (ad) == PLUS
2570 && GET_CODE (XEXP (ad, 0)) == REG
40d05551
RK
2571 && ((REGNO (XEXP (ad, 0)) >= FIRST_VIRTUAL_REGISTER
2572 && REGNO (XEXP (ad, 0)) <= LAST_VIRTUAL_REGISTER)
e9a25f70
JL
2573 || REGNO (XEXP (ad, 0)) == FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
2574#if HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM != FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
2575 || REGNO (XEXP (ad, 0)) == HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
2576#endif
2577 || REGNO (XEXP (ad, 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
956d6950 2578 || REGNO (XEXP (ad, 0)) == ARG_POINTER_REGNUM
40d05551 2579 || XEXP (ad, 0) == current_function_internal_arg_pointer)
6f086dfc
RS
2580 && GET_CODE (XEXP (ad, 1)) == CONST_INT)
2581 {
2582 rtx temp, seq;
2583 if (memory_address_p (GET_MODE (x), ad))
2584 return x;
2585
2586 start_sequence ();
2587 temp = copy_to_reg (ad);
2588 seq = gen_sequence ();
2589 end_sequence ();
2590 emit_insn_before (seq, insn);
792760b9 2591 return replace_equiv_address (x, temp);
6f086dfc
RS
2592 }
2593 return x;
2594 }
2595
2596 fmt = GET_RTX_FORMAT (code);
2597 for (i = GET_RTX_LENGTH (code) - 1; i >= 0; i--)
2598 {
2599 if (fmt[i] == 'e')
2600 XEXP (x, i) = fixup_stack_1 (XEXP (x, i), insn);
d4757e6a 2601 else if (fmt[i] == 'E')
6f086dfc 2602 {
b3694847 2603 int j;
6f086dfc
RS
2604 for (j = 0; j < XVECLEN (x, i); j++)
2605 XVECEXP (x, i, j) = fixup_stack_1 (XVECEXP (x, i, j), insn);
2606 }
2607 }
2608 return x;
2609}
2610\f
2611/* Optimization: a bit-field instruction whose field
2612 happens to be a byte or halfword in memory
2613 can be changed to a move instruction.
2614
2615 We call here when INSN is an insn to examine or store into a bit-field.
2616 BODY is the SET-rtx to be altered.
2617
2618 EQUIV_MEM is the table `reg_equiv_mem' if that is available; else 0.
2619 (Currently this is called only from function.c, and EQUIV_MEM
2620 is always 0.) */
2621
2622static void
2623optimize_bit_field (body, insn, equiv_mem)
2624 rtx body;
2625 rtx insn;
2626 rtx *equiv_mem;
2627{
b3694847 2628 rtx bitfield;
6f086dfc
RS
2629 int destflag;
2630 rtx seq = 0;
2631 enum machine_mode mode;
2632
2633 if (GET_CODE (SET_DEST (body)) == SIGN_EXTRACT
2634 || GET_CODE (SET_DEST (body)) == ZERO_EXTRACT)
2635 bitfield = SET_DEST (body), destflag = 1;
2636 else
2637 bitfield = SET_SRC (body), destflag = 0;
2638
2639 /* First check that the field being stored has constant size and position
2640 and is in fact a byte or halfword suitably aligned. */
2641
2642 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (bitfield, 1)) == CONST_INT
2643 && GET_CODE (XEXP (bitfield, 2)) == CONST_INT
2644 && ((mode = mode_for_size (INTVAL (XEXP (bitfield, 1)), MODE_INT, 1))
2645 != BLKmode)
2646 && INTVAL (XEXP (bitfield, 2)) % INTVAL (XEXP (bitfield, 1)) == 0)
2647 {
b3694847 2648 rtx memref = 0;
6f086dfc
RS
2649
2650 /* Now check that the containing word is memory, not a register,
2651 and that it is safe to change the machine mode. */
2652
2653 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (bitfield, 0)) == MEM)
2654 memref = XEXP (bitfield, 0);
2655 else if (GET_CODE (XEXP (bitfield, 0)) == REG
2656 && equiv_mem != 0)
2657 memref = equiv_mem[REGNO (XEXP (bitfield, 0))];
2658 else if (GET_CODE (XEXP (bitfield, 0)) == SUBREG
2659 && GET_CODE (SUBREG_REG (XEXP (bitfield, 0))) == MEM)
2660 memref = SUBREG_REG (XEXP (bitfield, 0));
2661 else if (GET_CODE (XEXP (bitfield, 0)) == SUBREG
2662 && equiv_mem != 0
2663 && GET_CODE (SUBREG_REG (XEXP (bitfield, 0))) == REG)
2664 memref = equiv_mem[REGNO (SUBREG_REG (XEXP (bitfield, 0)))];
2665
2666 if (memref
2667 && ! mode_dependent_address_p (XEXP (memref, 0))
2668 && ! MEM_VOLATILE_P (memref))
2669 {
2670 /* Now adjust the address, first for any subreg'ing
2671 that we are now getting rid of,
2672 and then for which byte of the word is wanted. */
2673
e5e809f4 2674 HOST_WIDE_INT offset = INTVAL (XEXP (bitfield, 2));
b88a3142
RK
2675 rtx insns;
2676
6f086dfc 2677 /* Adjust OFFSET to count bits from low-address byte. */
f76b9db2
ILT
2678 if (BITS_BIG_ENDIAN != BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN)
2679 offset = (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (bitfield, 0)))
2680 - offset - INTVAL (XEXP (bitfield, 1)));
2681
6f086dfc
RS
2682 /* Adjust OFFSET to count bytes from low-address byte. */
2683 offset /= BITS_PER_UNIT;
2684 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (bitfield, 0)) == SUBREG)
2685 {
ddef6bc7
JJ
2686 offset += (SUBREG_BYTE (XEXP (bitfield, 0))
2687 / UNITS_PER_WORD) * UNITS_PER_WORD;
f76b9db2
ILT
2688 if (BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN)
2689 offset -= (MIN (UNITS_PER_WORD,
2690 GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (bitfield, 0))))
2691 - MIN (UNITS_PER_WORD,
2692 GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (memref))));
6f086dfc
RS
2693 }
2694
b88a3142 2695 start_sequence ();
f4ef873c 2696 memref = adjust_address (memref, mode, offset);
b88a3142
RK
2697 insns = get_insns ();
2698 end_sequence ();
2699 emit_insns_before (insns, insn);
6f086dfc
RS
2700
2701 /* Store this memory reference where
2702 we found the bit field reference. */
2703
2704 if (destflag)
2705 {
2706 validate_change (insn, &SET_DEST (body), memref, 1);
2707 if (! CONSTANT_ADDRESS_P (SET_SRC (body)))
2708 {
2709 rtx src = SET_SRC (body);
2710 while (GET_CODE (src) == SUBREG
ddef6bc7 2711 && SUBREG_BYTE (src) == 0)
6f086dfc
RS
2712 src = SUBREG_REG (src);
2713 if (GET_MODE (src) != GET_MODE (memref))
2714 src = gen_lowpart (GET_MODE (memref), SET_SRC (body));
2715 validate_change (insn, &SET_SRC (body), src, 1);
2716 }
2717 else if (GET_MODE (SET_SRC (body)) != VOIDmode
2718 && GET_MODE (SET_SRC (body)) != GET_MODE (memref))
2719 /* This shouldn't happen because anything that didn't have
2720 one of these modes should have got converted explicitly
2721 and then referenced through a subreg.
2722 This is so because the original bit-field was
2723 handled by agg_mode and so its tree structure had
2724 the same mode that memref now has. */
2725 abort ();
2726 }
2727 else
2728 {
2729 rtx dest = SET_DEST (body);
2730
2731 while (GET_CODE (dest) == SUBREG
ddef6bc7 2732 && SUBREG_BYTE (dest) == 0
4013a709 2733 && (GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (dest))
ab87f8c8
JL
2734 == GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (dest))))
2735 && (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (dest)))
2736 <= UNITS_PER_WORD))
6f086dfc
RS
2737 dest = SUBREG_REG (dest);
2738
2739 validate_change (insn, &SET_DEST (body), dest, 1);
2740
2741 if (GET_MODE (dest) == GET_MODE (memref))
2742 validate_change (insn, &SET_SRC (body), memref, 1);
2743 else
2744 {
2745 /* Convert the mem ref to the destination mode. */
2746 rtx newreg = gen_reg_rtx (GET_MODE (dest));
2747
2748 start_sequence ();
2749 convert_move (newreg, memref,
2750 GET_CODE (SET_SRC (body)) == ZERO_EXTRACT);
2751 seq = get_insns ();
2752 end_sequence ();
2753
2754 validate_change (insn, &SET_SRC (body), newreg, 1);
2755 }
2756 }
2757
2758 /* See if we can convert this extraction or insertion into
2759 a simple move insn. We might not be able to do so if this
2760 was, for example, part of a PARALLEL.
2761
2762 If we succeed, write out any needed conversions. If we fail,
2763 it is hard to guess why we failed, so don't do anything
2764 special; just let the optimization be suppressed. */
2765
2766 if (apply_change_group () && seq)
2767 emit_insns_before (seq, insn);
2768 }
2769 }
2770}
2771\f
2772/* These routines are responsible for converting virtual register references
2773 to the actual hard register references once RTL generation is complete.
2774
2775 The following four variables are used for communication between the
2776 routines. They contain the offsets of the virtual registers from their
2777 respective hard registers. */
2778
2779static int in_arg_offset;
2780static int var_offset;
2781static int dynamic_offset;
2782static int out_arg_offset;
71038426 2783static int cfa_offset;
6f086dfc
RS
2784
2785/* In most machines, the stack pointer register is equivalent to the bottom
2786 of the stack. */
2787
2788#ifndef STACK_POINTER_OFFSET
2789#define STACK_POINTER_OFFSET 0
2790#endif
2791
2792/* If not defined, pick an appropriate default for the offset of dynamically
2793 allocated memory depending on the value of ACCUMULATE_OUTGOING_ARGS,
2794 REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE, and OUTGOING_REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE. */
2795
2796#ifndef STACK_DYNAMIC_OFFSET
2797
6f086dfc
RS
2798/* The bottom of the stack points to the actual arguments. If
2799 REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE is defined, this includes the space for the register
2800 parameters. However, if OUTGOING_REG_PARM_STACK space is not defined,
718fe406 2801 stack space for register parameters is not pushed by the caller, but
6f086dfc
RS
2802 rather part of the fixed stack areas and hence not included in
2803 `current_function_outgoing_args_size'. Nevertheless, we must allow
2804 for it when allocating stack dynamic objects. */
2805
2806#if defined(REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE) && ! defined(OUTGOING_REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE)
2807#define STACK_DYNAMIC_OFFSET(FNDECL) \
f73ad30e
JH
2808((ACCUMULATE_OUTGOING_ARGS \
2809 ? (current_function_outgoing_args_size + REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE (FNDECL)) : 0)\
2810 + (STACK_POINTER_OFFSET)) \
6f086dfc
RS
2811
2812#else
2813#define STACK_DYNAMIC_OFFSET(FNDECL) \
f73ad30e
JH
2814((ACCUMULATE_OUTGOING_ARGS ? current_function_outgoing_args_size : 0) \
2815 + (STACK_POINTER_OFFSET))
6f086dfc
RS
2816#endif
2817#endif
2818
2c849145 2819/* On most machines, the CFA coincides with the first incoming parm. */
71038426
RH
2820
2821#ifndef ARG_POINTER_CFA_OFFSET
2c849145 2822#define ARG_POINTER_CFA_OFFSET(FNDECL) FIRST_PARM_OFFSET (FNDECL)
71038426
RH
2823#endif
2824
e9a25f70
JL
2825/* Build up a (MEM (ADDRESSOF (REG))) rtx for a register REG that just had
2826 its address taken. DECL is the decl for the object stored in the
2827 register, for later use if we do need to force REG into the stack.
2828 REG is overwritten by the MEM like in put_reg_into_stack. */
2829
2830rtx
2831gen_mem_addressof (reg, decl)
2832 rtx reg;
2833 tree decl;
2834{
8f985ec4
ZW
2835 rtx r = gen_rtx_ADDRESSOF (Pmode, gen_reg_rtx (GET_MODE (reg)),
2836 REGNO (reg), decl);
14a774a9 2837
5755cd38 2838 /* Calculate this before we start messing with decl's RTL. */
c49f511c 2839 HOST_WIDE_INT set = decl ? get_alias_set (decl) : 0;
5755cd38 2840
95ca22f4 2841 /* If the original REG was a user-variable, then so is the REG whose
14a774a9 2842 address is being taken. Likewise for unchanging. */
95ca22f4 2843 REG_USERVAR_P (XEXP (r, 0)) = REG_USERVAR_P (reg);
14a774a9 2844 RTX_UNCHANGING_P (XEXP (r, 0)) = RTX_UNCHANGING_P (reg);
e9a25f70 2845
e9a25f70 2846 PUT_CODE (reg, MEM);
173b24b9 2847 MEM_ATTRS (reg) = 0;
ef178af3 2848 XEXP (reg, 0) = r;
173b24b9 2849
8b4944fb
RH
2850 if (decl)
2851 {
2852 tree type = TREE_TYPE (decl);
b927dc22
RK
2853 enum machine_mode decl_mode
2854 = (TREE_CODE (decl) == SAVE_EXPR ? TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl))
2855 : DECL_MODE (decl));
173b24b9 2856 rtx decl_rtl = decl ? DECL_RTL_IF_SET (decl) : 0;
8b4944fb 2857
b927dc22 2858 PUT_MODE (reg, decl_mode);
173b24b9
RK
2859
2860 /* Clear DECL_RTL momentarily so functions below will work
2861 properly, then set it again. */
2862 if (decl_rtl == reg)
2863 SET_DECL_RTL (decl, 0);
2864
2865 set_mem_attributes (reg, decl, 1);
5755cd38 2866 set_mem_alias_set (reg, set);
e9a25f70 2867
173b24b9
RK
2868 if (decl_rtl == reg)
2869 SET_DECL_RTL (decl, reg);
2870
8b4944fb
RH
2871 if (TREE_USED (decl) || DECL_INITIAL (decl) != 0)
2872 fixup_var_refs (reg, GET_MODE (reg), TREE_UNSIGNED (type), 0);
2873 }
2874 else
173b24b9 2875 fixup_var_refs (reg, GET_MODE (reg), 0, 0);
e5e809f4 2876
e9a25f70
JL
2877 return reg;
2878}
2879
2880/* If DECL has an RTL that is an ADDRESSOF rtx, put it into the stack. */
2881
2882void
2883flush_addressof (decl)
2884 tree decl;
2885{
2886 if ((TREE_CODE (decl) == PARM_DECL || TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL)
2887 && DECL_RTL (decl) != 0
2888 && GET_CODE (DECL_RTL (decl)) == MEM
2889 && GET_CODE (XEXP (DECL_RTL (decl), 0)) == ADDRESSOF
2890 && GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (DECL_RTL (decl), 0), 0)) == REG)
fe9b4957 2891 put_addressof_into_stack (XEXP (DECL_RTL (decl), 0), 0);
e9a25f70
JL
2892}
2893
2894/* Force the register pointed to by R, an ADDRESSOF rtx, into the stack. */
2895
2896static void
fe9b4957 2897put_addressof_into_stack (r, ht)
e9a25f70 2898 rtx r;
fe9b4957 2899 struct hash_table *ht;
e9a25f70 2900{
8b4944fb
RH
2901 tree decl, type;
2902 int volatile_p, used_p;
2903
e9a25f70
JL
2904 rtx reg = XEXP (r, 0);
2905
2906 if (GET_CODE (reg) != REG)
2907 abort ();
2908
8b4944fb
RH
2909 decl = ADDRESSOF_DECL (r);
2910 if (decl)
2911 {
2912 type = TREE_TYPE (decl);
2913 volatile_p = (TREE_CODE (decl) != SAVE_EXPR
2914 && TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl));
2915 used_p = (TREE_USED (decl)
2916 || (TREE_CODE (decl) != SAVE_EXPR
2917 && DECL_INITIAL (decl) != 0));
2918 }
2919 else
2920 {
2921 type = NULL_TREE;
2922 volatile_p = 0;
2923 used_p = 1;
2924 }
2925
2926 put_reg_into_stack (0, reg, type, GET_MODE (reg), GET_MODE (reg),
2927 volatile_p, ADDRESSOF_REGNO (r), used_p, ht);
e9a25f70
JL
2928}
2929
b5bd3b3c
AS
2930/* List of replacements made below in purge_addressof_1 when creating
2931 bitfield insertions. */
8b04083b
VM
2932static rtx purge_bitfield_addressof_replacements;
2933
2934/* List of replacements made below in purge_addressof_1 for patterns
2935 (MEM (ADDRESSOF (REG ...))). The key of the list entry is the
2936 corresponding (ADDRESSOF (REG ...)) and value is a substitution for
2937 the all pattern. List PURGE_BITFIELD_ADDRESSOF_REPLACEMENTS is not
2938 enough in complex cases, e.g. when some field values can be
718fe406 2939 extracted by usage MEM with narrower mode. */
b5bd3b3c
AS
2940static rtx purge_addressof_replacements;
2941
e9a25f70
JL
2942/* Helper function for purge_addressof. See if the rtx expression at *LOC
2943 in INSN needs to be changed. If FORCE, always put any ADDRESSOFs into
8c36698e
NC
2944 the stack. If the function returns FALSE then the replacement could not
2945 be made. */
e9a25f70 2946
d6edb99e 2947static bool
fe9b4957 2948purge_addressof_1 (loc, insn, force, store, ht)
e9a25f70
JL
2949 rtx *loc;
2950 rtx insn;
f7b6d104 2951 int force, store;
fe9b4957 2952 struct hash_table *ht;
e9a25f70
JL
2953{
2954 rtx x;
2955 RTX_CODE code;
2956 int i, j;
6f7d635c 2957 const char *fmt;
d6edb99e 2958 bool result = true;
e9a25f70
JL
2959
2960 /* Re-start here to avoid recursion in common cases. */
2961 restart:
2962
2963 x = *loc;
2964 if (x == 0)
8c36698e 2965 return true;
e9a25f70
JL
2966
2967 code = GET_CODE (x);
2968
c5c76735
JL
2969 /* If we don't return in any of the cases below, we will recurse inside
2970 the RTX, which will normally result in any ADDRESSOF being forced into
2971 memory. */
2972 if (code == SET)
2973 {
8c36698e
NC
2974 result = purge_addressof_1 (&SET_DEST (x), insn, force, 1, ht);
2975 result &= purge_addressof_1 (&SET_SRC (x), insn, force, 0, ht);
2976 return result;
c5c76735 2977 }
cc2e8b2d 2978 else if (code == ADDRESSOF)
e9a25f70 2979 {
cc2e8b2d
ZW
2980 rtx sub, insns;
2981
2982 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) != MEM)
2983 {
2984 put_addressof_into_stack (x, ht);
2985 return true;
2986 }
2987
956d6950
JL
2988 /* We must create a copy of the rtx because it was created by
2989 overwriting a REG rtx which is always shared. */
cc2e8b2d 2990 sub = copy_rtx (XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 0));
ab87f8c8
JL
2991 if (validate_change (insn, loc, sub, 0)
2992 || validate_replace_rtx (x, sub, insn))
8c36698e 2993 return true;
718fe406 2994
e9a25f70 2995 start_sequence ();
ab87f8c8
JL
2996 sub = force_operand (sub, NULL_RTX);
2997 if (! validate_change (insn, loc, sub, 0)
2998 && ! validate_replace_rtx (x, sub, insn))
e9a25f70
JL
2999 abort ();
3000
f7b6d104 3001 insns = gen_sequence ();
e9a25f70 3002 end_sequence ();
18e765cb 3003 emit_insn_before (insns, insn);
8c36698e 3004 return true;
e9a25f70 3005 }
c5c76735 3006
e9a25f70
JL
3007 else if (code == MEM && GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == ADDRESSOF && ! force)
3008 {
3009 rtx sub = XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 0);
e5e809f4 3010
6d8ccdbb 3011 if (GET_CODE (sub) == MEM)
f1ec5147 3012 sub = adjust_address_nv (sub, GET_MODE (x), 0);
c5c76735
JL
3013 else if (GET_CODE (sub) == REG
3014 && (MEM_VOLATILE_P (x) || GET_MODE (x) == BLKmode))
3015 ;
e5e809f4 3016 else if (GET_CODE (sub) == REG && GET_MODE (x) != GET_MODE (sub))
e9a25f70 3017 {
f7b6d104
RH
3018 int size_x, size_sub;
3019
b5bd3b3c
AS
3020 if (!insn)
3021 {
3022 /* When processing REG_NOTES look at the list of
3023 replacements done on the insn to find the register that X
3024 was replaced by. */
3025 rtx tem;
3026
8b04083b
VM
3027 for (tem = purge_bitfield_addressof_replacements;
3028 tem != NULL_RTX;
b5bd3b3c 3029 tem = XEXP (XEXP (tem, 1), 1))
8b04083b
VM
3030 if (rtx_equal_p (x, XEXP (tem, 0)))
3031 {
3032 *loc = XEXP (XEXP (tem, 1), 0);
8c36698e 3033 return true;
8b04083b 3034 }
fbdfe39c 3035
718fe406 3036 /* See comment for purge_addressof_replacements. */
8b04083b
VM
3037 for (tem = purge_addressof_replacements;
3038 tem != NULL_RTX;
3039 tem = XEXP (XEXP (tem, 1), 1))
3040 if (rtx_equal_p (XEXP (x, 0), XEXP (tem, 0)))
3041 {
3042 rtx z = XEXP (XEXP (tem, 1), 0);
fbdfe39c 3043
8b04083b
VM
3044 if (GET_MODE (x) == GET_MODE (z)
3045 || (GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (tem, 1), 0)) != REG
3046 && GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (tem, 1), 0)) != SUBREG))
3047 abort ();
3048
3049 /* It can happen that the note may speak of things
3050 in a wider (or just different) mode than the
3051 code did. This is especially true of
718fe406 3052 REG_RETVAL. */
8b04083b 3053
ddef6bc7 3054 if (GET_CODE (z) == SUBREG && SUBREG_BYTE (z) == 0)
8b04083b 3055 z = SUBREG_REG (z);
718fe406 3056
8b04083b
VM
3057 if (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x)) > UNITS_PER_WORD
3058 && (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x))
3059 > GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (z))))
3060 {
3061 /* This can occur as a result in invalid
718fe406 3062 pointer casts, e.g. float f; ...
8b04083b
VM
3063 *(long long int *)&f.
3064 ??? We could emit a warning here, but
3065 without a line number that wouldn't be
3066 very helpful. */
3067 z = gen_rtx_SUBREG (GET_MODE (x), z, 0);
3068 }
3069 else
3070 z = gen_lowpart (GET_MODE (x), z);
3071
3072 *loc = z;
aa608fe6 3073 return true;
8b04083b 3074 }
b5bd3b3c 3075
8c36698e
NC
3076 /* Sometimes we may not be able to find the replacement. For
3077 example when the original insn was a MEM in a wider mode,
3078 and the note is part of a sign extension of a narrowed
3079 version of that MEM. Gcc testcase compile/990829-1.c can
3080 generate an example of this siutation. Rather than complain
3081 we return false, which will prompt our caller to remove the
3082 offending note. */
3083 return false;
b5bd3b3c
AS
3084 }
3085
f7b6d104
RH
3086 size_x = GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (x));
3087 size_sub = GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (sub));
3088
3089 /* Don't even consider working with paradoxical subregs,
3090 or the moral equivalent seen here. */
470032d7 3091 if (size_x <= size_sub
d006aa54 3092 && int_mode_for_mode (GET_MODE (sub)) != BLKmode)
e9a25f70 3093 {
f7b6d104
RH
3094 /* Do a bitfield insertion to mirror what would happen
3095 in memory. */
3096
f7b6d104
RH
3097 rtx val, seq;
3098
f7b6d104
RH
3099 if (store)
3100 {
fe9b4957 3101 rtx p = PREV_INSN (insn);
de0dd934 3102
f7b6d104
RH
3103 start_sequence ();
3104 val = gen_reg_rtx (GET_MODE (x));
3105 if (! validate_change (insn, loc, val, 0))
b5bd3b3c
AS
3106 {
3107 /* Discard the current sequence and put the
3108 ADDRESSOF on stack. */
3109 end_sequence ();
3110 goto give_up;
3111 }
f7b6d104
RH
3112 seq = gen_sequence ();
3113 end_sequence ();
3114 emit_insn_before (seq, insn);
718fe406 3115 compute_insns_for_mem (p ? NEXT_INSN (p) : get_insns (),
fe9b4957 3116 insn, ht);
718fe406 3117
f7b6d104 3118 start_sequence ();
47401c4d 3119 store_bit_field (sub, size_x, 0, GET_MODE (x),
f7b6d104 3120 val, GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (sub)),
19caa751 3121 GET_MODE_ALIGNMENT (GET_MODE (sub)));
f7b6d104 3122
de0dd934
R
3123 /* Make sure to unshare any shared rtl that store_bit_field
3124 might have created. */
d1b81779 3125 unshare_all_rtl_again (get_insns ());
de0dd934 3126
f7b6d104
RH
3127 seq = gen_sequence ();
3128 end_sequence ();
fe9b4957
MM
3129 p = emit_insn_after (seq, insn);
3130 if (NEXT_INSN (insn))
718fe406 3131 compute_insns_for_mem (NEXT_INSN (insn),
fe9b4957
MM
3132 p ? NEXT_INSN (p) : NULL_RTX,
3133 ht);
f7b6d104
RH
3134 }
3135 else
3136 {
fe9b4957
MM
3137 rtx p = PREV_INSN (insn);
3138
f7b6d104 3139 start_sequence ();
47401c4d 3140 val = extract_bit_field (sub, size_x, 0, 1, NULL_RTX,
f7b6d104
RH
3141 GET_MODE (x), GET_MODE (x),
3142 GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (sub)),
3143 GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (sub)));
3144
f7b6d104 3145 if (! validate_change (insn, loc, val, 0))
b5bd3b3c
AS
3146 {
3147 /* Discard the current sequence and put the
3148 ADDRESSOF on stack. */
3149 end_sequence ();
3150 goto give_up;
3151 }
f7b6d104
RH
3152
3153 seq = gen_sequence ();
3154 end_sequence ();
3155 emit_insn_before (seq, insn);
fe9b4957
MM
3156 compute_insns_for_mem (p ? NEXT_INSN (p) : get_insns (),
3157 insn, ht);
f7b6d104
RH
3158 }
3159
b5bd3b3c
AS
3160 /* Remember the replacement so that the same one can be done
3161 on the REG_NOTES. */
8b04083b 3162 purge_bitfield_addressof_replacements
b5bd3b3c 3163 = gen_rtx_EXPR_LIST (VOIDmode, x,
8b04083b
VM
3164 gen_rtx_EXPR_LIST
3165 (VOIDmode, val,
3166 purge_bitfield_addressof_replacements));
b5bd3b3c 3167
f7b6d104 3168 /* We replaced with a reg -- all done. */
8c36698e 3169 return true;
e9a25f70
JL
3170 }
3171 }
c5c76735 3172
e9a25f70 3173 else if (validate_change (insn, loc, sub, 0))
fbdfe39c
RH
3174 {
3175 /* Remember the replacement so that the same one can be done
3176 on the REG_NOTES. */
8b04083b
VM
3177 if (GET_CODE (sub) == REG || GET_CODE (sub) == SUBREG)
3178 {
3179 rtx tem;
3180
3181 for (tem = purge_addressof_replacements;
3182 tem != NULL_RTX;
3183 tem = XEXP (XEXP (tem, 1), 1))
3184 if (rtx_equal_p (XEXP (x, 0), XEXP (tem, 0)))
3185 {
3186 XEXP (XEXP (tem, 1), 0) = sub;
8c36698e 3187 return true;
8b04083b
VM
3188 }
3189 purge_addressof_replacements
3190 = gen_rtx (EXPR_LIST, VOIDmode, XEXP (x, 0),
3191 gen_rtx_EXPR_LIST (VOIDmode, sub,
3192 purge_addressof_replacements));
8c36698e 3193 return true;
8b04083b 3194 }
fbdfe39c
RH
3195 goto restart;
3196 }
f7b6d104 3197 }
e9a25f70 3198
cc2e8b2d 3199 give_up:
718fe406 3200 /* Scan all subexpressions. */
e9a25f70
JL
3201 fmt = GET_RTX_FORMAT (code);
3202 for (i = 0; i < GET_RTX_LENGTH (code); i++, fmt++)
3203 {
3204 if (*fmt == 'e')
8c36698e 3205 result &= purge_addressof_1 (&XEXP (x, i), insn, force, 0, ht);
e9a25f70
JL
3206 else if (*fmt == 'E')
3207 for (j = 0; j < XVECLEN (x, i); j++)
8c36698e 3208 result &= purge_addressof_1 (&XVECEXP (x, i, j), insn, force, 0, ht);
fe9b4957 3209 }
8c36698e
NC
3210
3211 return result;
fe9b4957
MM
3212}
3213
3214/* Return a new hash table entry in HT. */
3215
3216static struct hash_entry *
3217insns_for_mem_newfunc (he, ht, k)
3218 struct hash_entry *he;
3219 struct hash_table *ht;
3220 hash_table_key k ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
3221{
3222 struct insns_for_mem_entry *ifmhe;
3223 if (he)
3224 return he;
3225
3226 ifmhe = ((struct insns_for_mem_entry *)
3227 hash_allocate (ht, sizeof (struct insns_for_mem_entry)));
3228 ifmhe->insns = NULL_RTX;
3229
3230 return &ifmhe->he;
3231}
3232
3233/* Return a hash value for K, a REG. */
3234
3235static unsigned long
3236insns_for_mem_hash (k)
3237 hash_table_key k;
3238{
3239 /* K is really a RTX. Just use the address as the hash value. */
3240 return (unsigned long) k;
3241}
3242
3243/* Return non-zero if K1 and K2 (two REGs) are the same. */
3244
d6edb99e 3245static bool
fe9b4957
MM
3246insns_for_mem_comp (k1, k2)
3247 hash_table_key k1;
3248 hash_table_key k2;
3249{
3250 return k1 == k2;
3251}
3252
7a80cf9a
RK
3253struct insns_for_mem_walk_info
3254{
fe9b4957
MM
3255 /* The hash table that we are using to record which INSNs use which
3256 MEMs. */
3257 struct hash_table *ht;
3258
3259 /* The INSN we are currently proessing. */
3260 rtx insn;
3261
3262 /* Zero if we are walking to find ADDRESSOFs, one if we are walking
3263 to find the insns that use the REGs in the ADDRESSOFs. */
3264 int pass;
3265};
3266
3267/* Called from compute_insns_for_mem via for_each_rtx. If R is a REG
3268 that might be used in an ADDRESSOF expression, record this INSN in
3269 the hash table given by DATA (which is really a pointer to an
3270 insns_for_mem_walk_info structure). */
3271
3272static int
3273insns_for_mem_walk (r, data)
3274 rtx *r;
3275 void *data;
3276{
718fe406 3277 struct insns_for_mem_walk_info *ifmwi
fe9b4957
MM
3278 = (struct insns_for_mem_walk_info *) data;
3279
3280 if (ifmwi->pass == 0 && *r && GET_CODE (*r) == ADDRESSOF
3281 && GET_CODE (XEXP (*r, 0)) == REG)
3282 hash_lookup (ifmwi->ht, XEXP (*r, 0), /*create=*/1, /*copy=*/0);
3283 else if (ifmwi->pass == 1 && *r && GET_CODE (*r) == REG)
3284 {
3285 /* Lookup this MEM in the hashtable, creating it if necessary. */
718fe406 3286 struct insns_for_mem_entry *ifme
fe9b4957
MM
3287 = (struct insns_for_mem_entry *) hash_lookup (ifmwi->ht,
3288 *r,
3289 /*create=*/0,
3290 /*copy=*/0);
3291
3292 /* If we have not already recorded this INSN, do so now. Since
3293 we process the INSNs in order, we know that if we have
3294 recorded it it must be at the front of the list. */
3295 if (ifme && (!ifme->insns || XEXP (ifme->insns, 0) != ifmwi->insn))
1f8f4a0b
MM
3296 ifme->insns = gen_rtx_EXPR_LIST (VOIDmode, ifmwi->insn,
3297 ifme->insns);
e9a25f70 3298 }
fe9b4957
MM
3299
3300 return 0;
3301}
3302
3303/* Walk the INSNS, until we reach LAST_INSN, recording which INSNs use
3304 which REGs in HT. */
3305
3306static void
3307compute_insns_for_mem (insns, last_insn, ht)
3308 rtx insns;
3309 rtx last_insn;
3310 struct hash_table *ht;
3311{
3312 rtx insn;
3313 struct insns_for_mem_walk_info ifmwi;
3314 ifmwi.ht = ht;
3315
3316 for (ifmwi.pass = 0; ifmwi.pass < 2; ++ifmwi.pass)
3317 for (insn = insns; insn != last_insn; insn = NEXT_INSN (insn))
2c3c49de 3318 if (INSN_P (insn))
fe9b4957
MM
3319 {
3320 ifmwi.insn = insn;
3321 for_each_rtx (&insn, insns_for_mem_walk, &ifmwi);
3322 }
e9a25f70
JL
3323}
3324
8c36698e
NC
3325/* Helper function for purge_addressof called through for_each_rtx.
3326 Returns true iff the rtl is an ADDRESSOF. */
b987f237 3327
8c36698e
NC
3328static int
3329is_addressof (rtl, data)
718fe406
KH
3330 rtx *rtl;
3331 void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
8c36698e 3332{
718fe406 3333 return GET_CODE (*rtl) == ADDRESSOF;
8c36698e
NC
3334}
3335
e9a25f70
JL
3336/* Eliminate all occurrences of ADDRESSOF from INSNS. Elide any remaining
3337 (MEM (ADDRESSOF)) patterns, and force any needed registers into the
3338 stack. */
3339
3340void
3341purge_addressof (insns)
3342 rtx insns;
3343{
3344 rtx insn;
fe9b4957 3345 struct hash_table ht;
718fe406 3346
fe9b4957
MM
3347 /* When we actually purge ADDRESSOFs, we turn REGs into MEMs. That
3348 requires a fixup pass over the instruction stream to correct
3349 INSNs that depended on the REG being a REG, and not a MEM. But,
bedda2da 3350 these fixup passes are slow. Furthermore, most MEMs are not
fe9b4957
MM
3351 mentioned in very many instructions. So, we speed up the process
3352 by pre-calculating which REGs occur in which INSNs; that allows
3353 us to perform the fixup passes much more quickly. */
718fe406 3354 hash_table_init (&ht,
fe9b4957
MM
3355 insns_for_mem_newfunc,
3356 insns_for_mem_hash,
3357 insns_for_mem_comp);
3358 compute_insns_for_mem (insns, NULL_RTX, &ht);
3359
e9a25f70
JL
3360 for (insn = insns; insn; insn = NEXT_INSN (insn))
3361 if (GET_CODE (insn) == INSN || GET_CODE (insn) == JUMP_INSN
3362 || GET_CODE (insn) == CALL_INSN)
3363 {
8c36698e
NC
3364 if (! purge_addressof_1 (&PATTERN (insn), insn,
3365 asm_noperands (PATTERN (insn)) > 0, 0, &ht))
3366 /* If we could not replace the ADDRESSOFs in the insn,
3367 something is wrong. */
3368 abort ();
718fe406 3369
8c36698e
NC
3370 if (! purge_addressof_1 (&REG_NOTES (insn), NULL_RTX, 0, 0, &ht))
3371 {
3372 /* If we could not replace the ADDRESSOFs in the insn's notes,
3373 we can just remove the offending notes instead. */
3374 rtx note;
3375
3376 for (note = REG_NOTES (insn); note; note = XEXP (note, 1))
3377 {
3378 /* If we find a REG_RETVAL note then the insn is a libcall.
3379 Such insns must have REG_EQUAL notes as well, in order
3380 for later passes of the compiler to work. So it is not
3381 safe to delete the notes here, and instead we abort. */
3382 if (REG_NOTE_KIND (note) == REG_RETVAL)
3383 abort ();
718fe406 3384 if (for_each_rtx (&note, is_addressof, NULL))
8c36698e
NC
3385 remove_note (insn, note);
3386 }
3387 }
e9a25f70 3388 }
fe9b4957
MM
3389
3390 /* Clean up. */
3391 hash_table_free (&ht);
8b04083b 3392 purge_bitfield_addressof_replacements = 0;
da9b1f9c 3393 purge_addressof_replacements = 0;
4fa48eae
JL
3394
3395 /* REGs are shared. purge_addressof will destructively replace a REG
3396 with a MEM, which creates shared MEMs.
3397
3398 Unfortunately, the children of put_reg_into_stack assume that MEMs
3399 referring to the same stack slot are shared (fixup_var_refs and
3400 the associated hash table code).
3401
3402 So, we have to do another unsharing pass after we have flushed any
3403 REGs that had their address taken into the stack.
3404
3405 It may be worth tracking whether or not we converted any REGs into
3406 MEMs to avoid this overhead when it is not needed. */
3407 unshare_all_rtl_again (get_insns ());
e9a25f70
JL
3408}
3409\f
659e47fb
AH
3410/* Convert a SET of a hard subreg to a set of the appropriet hard
3411 register. A subroutine of purge_hard_subreg_sets. */
3412
3413static void
3414purge_single_hard_subreg_set (pattern)
3415 rtx pattern;
3416{
3417 rtx reg = SET_DEST (pattern);
3418 enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (SET_DEST (pattern));
ddef6bc7
JJ
3419 int offset = 0;
3420
3421 if (GET_CODE (reg) == SUBREG && GET_CODE (SUBREG_REG (reg)) == REG
3422 && REGNO (SUBREG_REG (reg)) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
659e47fb 3423 {
ddef6bc7
JJ
3424 offset = subreg_regno_offset (REGNO (SUBREG_REG (reg)),
3425 GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (reg)),
3426 SUBREG_BYTE (reg),
3427 GET_MODE (reg));
659e47fb
AH
3428 reg = SUBREG_REG (reg);
3429 }
ddef6bc7
JJ
3430
3431
55107ee3 3432 if (GET_CODE (reg) == REG && REGNO (reg) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
659e47fb 3433 {
ddef6bc7 3434 reg = gen_rtx_REG (mode, REGNO (reg) + offset);
659e47fb
AH
3435 SET_DEST (pattern) = reg;
3436 }
3437}
3438
3439/* Eliminate all occurrences of SETs of hard subregs from INSNS. The
3440 only such SETs that we expect to see are those left in because
3441 integrate can't handle sets of parts of a return value register.
3442
3443 We don't use alter_subreg because we only want to eliminate subregs
3444 of hard registers. */
3445
3446void
3447purge_hard_subreg_sets (insn)
3448 rtx insn;
3449{
3450 for (; insn; insn = NEXT_INSN (insn))
3451 {
3452 if (INSN_P (insn))
3453 {
3454 rtx pattern = PATTERN (insn);
3455 switch (GET_CODE (pattern))
3456 {
3457 case SET:
3458 if (GET_CODE (SET_DEST (pattern)) == SUBREG)
3459 purge_single_hard_subreg_set (pattern);
3460 break;
3461 case PARALLEL:
3462 {
3463 int j;
3464 for (j = XVECLEN (pattern, 0) - 1; j >= 0; j--)
3465 {
3466 rtx inner_pattern = XVECEXP (pattern, 0, j);
3467 if (GET_CODE (inner_pattern) == SET
3468 && GET_CODE (SET_DEST (inner_pattern)) == SUBREG)
3469 purge_single_hard_subreg_set (inner_pattern);
3470 }
3471 }
3472 break;
3473 default:
3474 break;
3475 }
3476 }
3477 }
3478}
3479\f
6f086dfc
RS
3480/* Pass through the INSNS of function FNDECL and convert virtual register
3481 references to hard register references. */
3482
3483void
3484instantiate_virtual_regs (fndecl, insns)
3485 tree fndecl;
3486 rtx insns;
3487{
3488 rtx insn;
770ae6cc 3489 unsigned int i;
6f086dfc
RS
3490
3491 /* Compute the offsets to use for this function. */
3492 in_arg_offset = FIRST_PARM_OFFSET (fndecl);
3493 var_offset = STARTING_FRAME_OFFSET;
3494 dynamic_offset = STACK_DYNAMIC_OFFSET (fndecl);
3495 out_arg_offset = STACK_POINTER_OFFSET;
2c849145 3496 cfa_offset = ARG_POINTER_CFA_OFFSET (fndecl);
6f086dfc
RS
3497
3498 /* Scan all variables and parameters of this function. For each that is
3499 in memory, instantiate all virtual registers if the result is a valid
3500 address. If not, we do it later. That will handle most uses of virtual
3501 regs on many machines. */
3502 instantiate_decls (fndecl, 1);
3503
3504 /* Initialize recognition, indicating that volatile is OK. */
3505 init_recog ();
3506
3507 /* Scan through all the insns, instantiating every virtual register still
3508 present. */
3509 for (insn = insns; insn; insn = NEXT_INSN (insn))
3510 if (GET_CODE (insn) == INSN || GET_CODE (insn) == JUMP_INSN
3511 || GET_CODE (insn) == CALL_INSN)
3512 {
3513 instantiate_virtual_regs_1 (&PATTERN (insn), insn, 1);
5f4f0e22 3514 instantiate_virtual_regs_1 (&REG_NOTES (insn), NULL_RTX, 0);
87c61e2d
JL
3515 /* Instantiate any virtual registers in CALL_INSN_FUNCTION_USAGE. */
3516 if (GET_CODE (insn) == CALL_INSN)
3517 instantiate_virtual_regs_1 (&CALL_INSN_FUNCTION_USAGE (insn),
3518 NULL_RTX, 0);
6f086dfc
RS
3519 }
3520
e9a25f70
JL
3521 /* Instantiate the stack slots for the parm registers, for later use in
3522 addressof elimination. */
3523 for (i = 0; i < max_parm_reg; ++i)
3524 if (parm_reg_stack_loc[i])
3525 instantiate_virtual_regs_1 (&parm_reg_stack_loc[i], NULL_RTX, 0);
3526
6f086dfc
RS
3527 /* Now instantiate the remaining register equivalences for debugging info.
3528 These will not be valid addresses. */
3529 instantiate_decls (fndecl, 0);
3530
3531 /* Indicate that, from now on, assign_stack_local should use
3532 frame_pointer_rtx. */
3533 virtuals_instantiated = 1;
3534}
3535
3536/* Scan all decls in FNDECL (both variables and parameters) and instantiate
3537 all virtual registers in their DECL_RTL's.
3538
3539 If VALID_ONLY, do this only if the resulting address is still valid.
3540 Otherwise, always do it. */
3541
3542static void
3543instantiate_decls (fndecl, valid_only)
3544 tree fndecl;
3545 int valid_only;
3546{
3547 tree decl;
3548
6f086dfc
RS
3549 /* Process all parameters of the function. */
3550 for (decl = DECL_ARGUMENTS (fndecl); decl; decl = TREE_CHAIN (decl))
3551 {
e5e809f4 3552 HOST_WIDE_INT size = int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (decl));
ae0ed63a 3553 HOST_WIDE_INT size_rtl;
e5e809f4 3554
718fe406 3555 instantiate_decl (DECL_RTL (decl), size, valid_only);
ce717ce4
JW
3556
3557 /* If the parameter was promoted, then the incoming RTL mode may be
3558 larger than the declared type size. We must use the larger of
3559 the two sizes. */
ae0ed63a
JM
3560 size_rtl = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl)));
3561 size = MAX (size_rtl, size);
ce717ce4 3562 instantiate_decl (DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl), size, valid_only);
6f086dfc
RS
3563 }
3564
0f41302f 3565 /* Now process all variables defined in the function or its subblocks. */
6f086dfc 3566 instantiate_decls_1 (DECL_INITIAL (fndecl), valid_only);
6f086dfc
RS
3567}
3568
3569/* Subroutine of instantiate_decls: Process all decls in the given
3570 BLOCK node and all its subblocks. */
3571
3572static void
3573instantiate_decls_1 (let, valid_only)
3574 tree let;
3575 int valid_only;
3576{
3577 tree t;
3578
3579 for (t = BLOCK_VARS (let); t; t = TREE_CHAIN (t))
19e7881c
MM
3580 if (DECL_RTL_SET_P (t))
3581 instantiate_decl (DECL_RTL (t),
3582 int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (t)),
3583 valid_only);
6f086dfc
RS
3584
3585 /* Process all subblocks. */
3586 for (t = BLOCK_SUBBLOCKS (let); t; t = TREE_CHAIN (t))
3587 instantiate_decls_1 (t, valid_only);
3588}
5a73491b 3589
8008b228 3590/* Subroutine of the preceding procedures: Given RTL representing a
5a73491b
RK
3591 decl and the size of the object, do any instantiation required.
3592
3593 If VALID_ONLY is non-zero, it means that the RTL should only be
3594 changed if the new address is valid. */
3595
3596static void
3597instantiate_decl (x, size, valid_only)
3598 rtx x;
770ae6cc 3599 HOST_WIDE_INT size;
5a73491b
RK
3600 int valid_only;
3601{
3602 enum machine_mode mode;
3603 rtx addr;
3604
3605 /* If this is not a MEM, no need to do anything. Similarly if the
3606 address is a constant or a register that is not a virtual register. */
3607
3608 if (x == 0 || GET_CODE (x) != MEM)
3609 return;
3610
3611 addr = XEXP (x, 0);
3612 if (CONSTANT_P (addr)
956d6950 3613 || (GET_CODE (addr) == ADDRESSOF && GET_CODE (XEXP (addr, 0)) == REG)
5a73491b
RK
3614 || (GET_CODE (addr) == REG
3615 && (REGNO (addr) < FIRST_VIRTUAL_REGISTER
3616 || REGNO (addr) > LAST_VIRTUAL_REGISTER)))
3617 return;
3618
3619 /* If we should only do this if the address is valid, copy the address.
3620 We need to do this so we can undo any changes that might make the
3621 address invalid. This copy is unfortunate, but probably can't be
3622 avoided. */
3623
3624 if (valid_only)
3625 addr = copy_rtx (addr);
3626
3627 instantiate_virtual_regs_1 (&addr, NULL_RTX, 0);
3628
770ae6cc 3629 if (valid_only && size >= 0)
87ce34d6 3630 {
770ae6cc
RK
3631 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT decl_size = size;
3632
87ce34d6
JW
3633 /* Now verify that the resulting address is valid for every integer or
3634 floating-point mode up to and including SIZE bytes long. We do this
3635 since the object might be accessed in any mode and frame addresses
3636 are shared. */
3637
3638 for (mode = GET_CLASS_NARROWEST_MODE (MODE_INT);
770ae6cc 3639 mode != VOIDmode && GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) <= decl_size;
87ce34d6
JW
3640 mode = GET_MODE_WIDER_MODE (mode))
3641 if (! memory_address_p (mode, addr))
3642 return;
5a73491b 3643
87ce34d6 3644 for (mode = GET_CLASS_NARROWEST_MODE (MODE_FLOAT);
770ae6cc 3645 mode != VOIDmode && GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) <= decl_size;
87ce34d6
JW
3646 mode = GET_MODE_WIDER_MODE (mode))
3647 if (! memory_address_p (mode, addr))
3648 return;
3649 }
5a73491b 3650
87ce34d6
JW
3651 /* Put back the address now that we have updated it and we either know
3652 it is valid or we don't care whether it is valid. */
5a73491b
RK
3653
3654 XEXP (x, 0) = addr;
3655}
6f086dfc 3656\f
d1405722
RK
3657/* Given a piece of RTX and a pointer to a HOST_WIDE_INT, if the RTX
3658 is a virtual register, return the requivalent hard register and set the
3659 offset indirectly through the pointer. Otherwise, return 0. */
3660
3661static rtx
3662instantiate_new_reg (x, poffset)
3663 rtx x;
3664 HOST_WIDE_INT *poffset;
3665{
3666 rtx new;
3667 HOST_WIDE_INT offset;
3668
3669 if (x == virtual_incoming_args_rtx)
3670 new = arg_pointer_rtx, offset = in_arg_offset;
3671 else if (x == virtual_stack_vars_rtx)
3672 new = frame_pointer_rtx, offset = var_offset;
3673 else if (x == virtual_stack_dynamic_rtx)
3674 new = stack_pointer_rtx, offset = dynamic_offset;
3675 else if (x == virtual_outgoing_args_rtx)
3676 new = stack_pointer_rtx, offset = out_arg_offset;
3677 else if (x == virtual_cfa_rtx)
3678 new = arg_pointer_rtx, offset = cfa_offset;
3679 else
3680 return 0;
3681
3682 *poffset = offset;
3683 return new;
3684}
3685\f
6f086dfc
RS
3686/* Given a pointer to a piece of rtx and an optional pointer to the
3687 containing object, instantiate any virtual registers present in it.
3688
3689 If EXTRA_INSNS, we always do the replacement and generate
3690 any extra insns before OBJECT. If it zero, we do nothing if replacement
3691 is not valid.
3692
3693 Return 1 if we either had nothing to do or if we were able to do the
718fe406 3694 needed replacement. Return 0 otherwise; we only return zero if
6f086dfc
RS
3695 EXTRA_INSNS is zero.
3696
3697 We first try some simple transformations to avoid the creation of extra
3698 pseudos. */
3699
3700static int
3701instantiate_virtual_regs_1 (loc, object, extra_insns)
3702 rtx *loc;
3703 rtx object;
3704 int extra_insns;
3705{
3706 rtx x;
3707 RTX_CODE code;
3708 rtx new = 0;
07444f1d 3709 HOST_WIDE_INT offset = 0;
6f086dfc
RS
3710 rtx temp;
3711 rtx seq;
3712 int i, j;
6f7d635c 3713 const char *fmt;
6f086dfc
RS
3714
3715 /* Re-start here to avoid recursion in common cases. */
3716 restart:
3717
3718 x = *loc;
3719 if (x == 0)
3720 return 1;
3721
3722 code = GET_CODE (x);
3723
3724 /* Check for some special cases. */
3725 switch (code)
3726 {
3727 case CONST_INT:
3728 case CONST_DOUBLE:
3729 case CONST:
3730 case SYMBOL_REF:
3731 case CODE_LABEL:
3732 case PC:
3733 case CC0:
3734 case ASM_INPUT:
3735 case ADDR_VEC:
3736 case ADDR_DIFF_VEC:
3737 case RETURN:
3738 return 1;
3739
3740 case SET:
3741 /* We are allowed to set the virtual registers. This means that
38e01259 3742 the actual register should receive the source minus the
6f086dfc
RS
3743 appropriate offset. This is used, for example, in the handling
3744 of non-local gotos. */
d1405722 3745 if ((new = instantiate_new_reg (SET_DEST (x), &offset)) != 0)
6f086dfc 3746 {
14a774a9
RK
3747 rtx src = SET_SRC (x);
3748
d1405722
RK
3749 /* We are setting the register, not using it, so the relevant
3750 offset is the negative of the offset to use were we using
3751 the register. */
3752 offset = - offset;
14a774a9
RK
3753 instantiate_virtual_regs_1 (&src, NULL_RTX, 0);
3754
6f086dfc
RS
3755 /* The only valid sources here are PLUS or REG. Just do
3756 the simplest possible thing to handle them. */
14a774a9 3757 if (GET_CODE (src) != REG && GET_CODE (src) != PLUS)
6f086dfc
RS
3758 abort ();
3759
3760 start_sequence ();
14a774a9
RK
3761 if (GET_CODE (src) != REG)
3762 temp = force_operand (src, NULL_RTX);
6f086dfc 3763 else
14a774a9 3764 temp = src;
5f4f0e22 3765 temp = force_operand (plus_constant (temp, offset), NULL_RTX);
6f086dfc
RS
3766 seq = get_insns ();
3767 end_sequence ();
3768
3769 emit_insns_before (seq, object);
3770 SET_DEST (x) = new;
3771
e9a25f70 3772 if (! validate_change (object, &SET_SRC (x), temp, 0)
6f086dfc
RS
3773 || ! extra_insns)
3774 abort ();
3775
3776 return 1;
3777 }
3778
3779 instantiate_virtual_regs_1 (&SET_DEST (x), object, extra_insns);
3780 loc = &SET_SRC (x);
3781 goto restart;
3782
3783 case PLUS:
3784 /* Handle special case of virtual register plus constant. */
3785 if (CONSTANT_P (XEXP (x, 1)))
3786 {
b1f82ccf 3787 rtx old, new_offset;
6f086dfc
RS
3788
3789 /* Check for (plus (plus VIRT foo) (const_int)) first. */
3790 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == PLUS)
3791 {
d1405722
RK
3792 if ((new = instantiate_new_reg (XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 0), &offset)))
3793 {
3794 instantiate_virtual_regs_1 (&XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 1), object,
3795 extra_insns);
3796 new = gen_rtx_PLUS (Pmode, new, XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 1));
3797 }
6f086dfc
RS
3798 else
3799 {
3800 loc = &XEXP (x, 0);
3801 goto restart;
3802 }
6f086dfc
RS
3803 }
3804
d1405722
RK
3805#ifdef POINTERS_EXTEND_UNSIGNED
3806 /* If we have (plus (subreg (virtual-reg)) (const_int)), we know
3807 we can commute the PLUS and SUBREG because pointers into the
3808 frame are well-behaved. */
3809 else if (GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == SUBREG && GET_MODE (x) == ptr_mode
3810 && GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 1)) == CONST_INT
3811 && 0 != (new
3812 = instantiate_new_reg (SUBREG_REG (XEXP (x, 0)),
3813 &offset))
3814 && validate_change (object, loc,
3815 plus_constant (gen_lowpart (ptr_mode,
3816 new),
3817 offset
3818 + INTVAL (XEXP (x, 1))),
3819 0))
3820 return 1;
3821#endif
3822 else if ((new = instantiate_new_reg (XEXP (x, 0), &offset)) == 0)
6f086dfc
RS
3823 {
3824 /* We know the second operand is a constant. Unless the
3825 first operand is a REG (which has been already checked),
3826 it needs to be checked. */
3827 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) != REG)
3828 {
3829 loc = &XEXP (x, 0);
3830 goto restart;
3831 }
3832 return 1;
3833 }
3834
b1f82ccf 3835 new_offset = plus_constant (XEXP (x, 1), offset);
6f086dfc 3836
b1f82ccf
DE
3837 /* If the new constant is zero, try to replace the sum with just
3838 the register. */
3839 if (new_offset == const0_rtx
3840 && validate_change (object, loc, new, 0))
6f086dfc
RS
3841 return 1;
3842
b1f82ccf
DE
3843 /* Next try to replace the register and new offset.
3844 There are two changes to validate here and we can't assume that
3845 in the case of old offset equals new just changing the register
3846 will yield a valid insn. In the interests of a little efficiency,
3847 however, we only call validate change once (we don't queue up the
0f41302f 3848 changes and then call apply_change_group). */
b1f82ccf
DE
3849
3850 old = XEXP (x, 0);
3851 if (offset == 0
3852 ? ! validate_change (object, &XEXP (x, 0), new, 0)
3853 : (XEXP (x, 0) = new,
3854 ! validate_change (object, &XEXP (x, 1), new_offset, 0)))
6f086dfc
RS
3855 {
3856 if (! extra_insns)
3857 {
3858 XEXP (x, 0) = old;
3859 return 0;
3860 }
3861
3862 /* Otherwise copy the new constant into a register and replace
3863 constant with that register. */
3864 temp = gen_reg_rtx (Pmode);
b1f82ccf 3865 XEXP (x, 0) = new;
6f086dfc 3866 if (validate_change (object, &XEXP (x, 1), temp, 0))
b1f82ccf 3867 emit_insn_before (gen_move_insn (temp, new_offset), object);
6f086dfc
RS
3868 else
3869 {
3870 /* If that didn't work, replace this expression with a
3871 register containing the sum. */
3872
6f086dfc 3873 XEXP (x, 0) = old;
38a448ca 3874 new = gen_rtx_PLUS (Pmode, new, new_offset);
6f086dfc
RS
3875
3876 start_sequence ();
5f4f0e22 3877 temp = force_operand (new, NULL_RTX);
6f086dfc
RS
3878 seq = get_insns ();
3879 end_sequence ();
3880
3881 emit_insns_before (seq, object);
3882 if (! validate_change (object, loc, temp, 0)
3883 && ! validate_replace_rtx (x, temp, object))
3884 abort ();
3885 }
3886 }
3887
3888 return 1;
3889 }
3890
3891 /* Fall through to generic two-operand expression case. */
3892 case EXPR_LIST:
3893 case CALL:
3894 case COMPARE:
3895 case MINUS:
3896 case MULT:
3897 case DIV: case UDIV:
3898 case MOD: case UMOD:
3899 case AND: case IOR: case XOR:
45620ed4
RK
3900 case ROTATERT: case ROTATE:
3901 case ASHIFTRT: case LSHIFTRT: case ASHIFT:
6f086dfc
RS
3902 case NE: case EQ:
3903 case GE: case GT: case GEU: case GTU:
3904 case LE: case LT: case LEU: case LTU:
3905 if (XEXP (x, 1) && ! CONSTANT_P (XEXP (x, 1)))
3906 instantiate_virtual_regs_1 (&XEXP (x, 1), object, extra_insns);
3907 loc = &XEXP (x, 0);
3908 goto restart;
3909
3910 case MEM:
3911 /* Most cases of MEM that convert to valid addresses have already been
4fd796bb 3912 handled by our scan of decls. The only special handling we
6f086dfc 3913 need here is to make a copy of the rtx to ensure it isn't being
718fe406 3914 shared if we have to change it to a pseudo.
6f086dfc
RS
3915
3916 If the rtx is a simple reference to an address via a virtual register,
3917 it can potentially be shared. In such cases, first try to make it
3918 a valid address, which can also be shared. Otherwise, copy it and
718fe406 3919 proceed normally.
6f086dfc
RS
3920
3921 First check for common cases that need no processing. These are
3922 usually due to instantiation already being done on a previous instance
3923 of a shared rtx. */
3924
3925 temp = XEXP (x, 0);
3926 if (CONSTANT_ADDRESS_P (temp)
3927#if FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM != ARG_POINTER_REGNUM
3928 || temp == arg_pointer_rtx
b37f453b
DE
3929#endif
3930#if HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM != FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
3931 || temp == hard_frame_pointer_rtx
6f086dfc
RS
3932#endif
3933 || temp == frame_pointer_rtx)
3934 return 1;
3935
3936 if (GET_CODE (temp) == PLUS
3937 && CONSTANT_ADDRESS_P (XEXP (temp, 1))
3938 && (XEXP (temp, 0) == frame_pointer_rtx
b37f453b
DE
3939#if HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM != FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
3940 || XEXP (temp, 0) == hard_frame_pointer_rtx
3941#endif
6f086dfc
RS
3942#if FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM != ARG_POINTER_REGNUM
3943 || XEXP (temp, 0) == arg_pointer_rtx
3944#endif
3945 ))
3946 return 1;
3947
3948 if (temp == virtual_stack_vars_rtx
3949 || temp == virtual_incoming_args_rtx
3950 || (GET_CODE (temp) == PLUS
3951 && CONSTANT_ADDRESS_P (XEXP (temp, 1))
3952 && (XEXP (temp, 0) == virtual_stack_vars_rtx
3953 || XEXP (temp, 0) == virtual_incoming_args_rtx)))
3954 {
3955 /* This MEM may be shared. If the substitution can be done without
3956 the need to generate new pseudos, we want to do it in place
3957 so all copies of the shared rtx benefit. The call below will
3958 only make substitutions if the resulting address is still
3959 valid.
3960
3961 Note that we cannot pass X as the object in the recursive call
3962 since the insn being processed may not allow all valid
6461be14
RS
3963 addresses. However, if we were not passed on object, we can
3964 only modify X without copying it if X will have a valid
3965 address.
6f086dfc 3966
6461be14
RS
3967 ??? Also note that this can still lose if OBJECT is an insn that
3968 has less restrictions on an address that some other insn.
3969 In that case, we will modify the shared address. This case
4fd796bb
RK
3970 doesn't seem very likely, though. One case where this could
3971 happen is in the case of a USE or CLOBBER reference, but we
3972 take care of that below. */
6461be14
RS
3973
3974 if (instantiate_virtual_regs_1 (&XEXP (x, 0),
3975 object ? object : x, 0))
6f086dfc
RS
3976 return 1;
3977
3978 /* Otherwise make a copy and process that copy. We copy the entire
3979 RTL expression since it might be a PLUS which could also be
3980 shared. */
3981 *loc = x = copy_rtx (x);
3982 }
3983
3984 /* Fall through to generic unary operation case. */
6f086dfc
RS
3985 case SUBREG:
3986 case STRICT_LOW_PART:
3987 case NEG: case NOT:
3988 case PRE_DEC: case PRE_INC: case POST_DEC: case POST_INC:
3989 case SIGN_EXTEND: case ZERO_EXTEND:
3990 case TRUNCATE: case FLOAT_EXTEND: case FLOAT_TRUNCATE:
3991 case FLOAT: case FIX:
3992 case UNSIGNED_FIX: case UNSIGNED_FLOAT:
3993 case ABS:
3994 case SQRT:
3995 case FFS:
3996 /* These case either have just one operand or we know that we need not
3997 check the rest of the operands. */
3998 loc = &XEXP (x, 0);
3999 goto restart;
4000
4fd796bb
RK
4001 case USE:
4002 case CLOBBER:
4003 /* If the operand is a MEM, see if the change is a valid MEM. If not,
4004 go ahead and make the invalid one, but do it to a copy. For a REG,
718fe406 4005 just make the recursive call, since there's no chance of a problem. */
4fd796bb
RK
4006
4007 if ((GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == MEM
4008 && instantiate_virtual_regs_1 (&XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 0), XEXP (x, 0),
4009 0))
4010 || (GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == REG
7694ce35 4011 && instantiate_virtual_regs_1 (&XEXP (x, 0), object, 0)))
4fd796bb
RK
4012 return 1;
4013
4014 XEXP (x, 0) = copy_rtx (XEXP (x, 0));
4015 loc = &XEXP (x, 0);
4016 goto restart;
4017
6f086dfc
RS
4018 case REG:
4019 /* Try to replace with a PLUS. If that doesn't work, compute the sum
4020 in front of this insn and substitute the temporary. */
d1405722 4021 if ((new = instantiate_new_reg (x, &offset)) != 0)
6f086dfc
RS
4022 {
4023 temp = plus_constant (new, offset);
4024 if (!validate_change (object, loc, temp, 0))
4025 {
4026 if (! extra_insns)
4027 return 0;
4028
4029 start_sequence ();
5f4f0e22 4030 temp = force_operand (temp, NULL_RTX);
6f086dfc
RS
4031 seq = get_insns ();
4032 end_sequence ();
4033
4034 emit_insns_before (seq, object);
4035 if (! validate_change (object, loc, temp, 0)
4036 && ! validate_replace_rtx (x, temp, object))
4037 abort ();
4038 }
4039 }
4040
4041 return 1;
e9a25f70
JL
4042
4043 case ADDRESSOF:
4044 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == REG)
4045 return 1;
4046
4047 else if (GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == MEM)
4048 {
4049 /* If we have a (addressof (mem ..)), do any instantiation inside
4050 since we know we'll be making the inside valid when we finally
4051 remove the ADDRESSOF. */
4052 instantiate_virtual_regs_1 (&XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 0), NULL_RTX, 0);
4053 return 1;
4054 }
4055 break;
718fe406 4056
e9a25f70
JL
4057 default:
4058 break;
6f086dfc
RS
4059 }
4060
4061 /* Scan all subexpressions. */
4062 fmt = GET_RTX_FORMAT (code);
4063 for (i = 0; i < GET_RTX_LENGTH (code); i++, fmt++)
4064 if (*fmt == 'e')
4065 {
4066 if (!instantiate_virtual_regs_1 (&XEXP (x, i), object, extra_insns))
4067 return 0;
4068 }
4069 else if (*fmt == 'E')
4070 for (j = 0; j < XVECLEN (x, i); j++)
4071 if (! instantiate_virtual_regs_1 (&XVECEXP (x, i, j), object,
4072 extra_insns))
4073 return 0;
4074
4075 return 1;
4076}
4077\f
4078/* Optimization: assuming this function does not receive nonlocal gotos,
4079 delete the handlers for such, as well as the insns to establish
4080 and disestablish them. */
4081
4082static void
4083delete_handlers ()
4084{
4085 rtx insn;
4086 for (insn = get_insns (); insn; insn = NEXT_INSN (insn))
4087 {
4088 /* Delete the handler by turning off the flag that would
4089 prevent jump_optimize from deleting it.
4090 Also permit deletion of the nonlocal labels themselves
4091 if nothing local refers to them. */
4092 if (GET_CODE (insn) == CODE_LABEL)
71cd4a8d
JW
4093 {
4094 tree t, last_t;
4095
4096 LABEL_PRESERVE_P (insn) = 0;
4097
4098 /* Remove it from the nonlocal_label list, to avoid confusing
4099 flow. */
4100 for (t = nonlocal_labels, last_t = 0; t;
4101 last_t = t, t = TREE_CHAIN (t))
4102 if (DECL_RTL (TREE_VALUE (t)) == insn)
4103 break;
4104 if (t)
4105 {
4106 if (! last_t)
4107 nonlocal_labels = TREE_CHAIN (nonlocal_labels);
4108 else
4109 TREE_CHAIN (last_t) = TREE_CHAIN (t);
4110 }
4111 }
ba716ac9
BS
4112 if (GET_CODE (insn) == INSN)
4113 {
4114 int can_delete = 0;
4115 rtx t;
4116 for (t = nonlocal_goto_handler_slots; t != 0; t = XEXP (t, 1))
4117 if (reg_mentioned_p (t, PATTERN (insn)))
4118 {
4119 can_delete = 1;
4120 break;
4121 }
4122 if (can_delete
59257ff7
RK
4123 || (nonlocal_goto_stack_level != 0
4124 && reg_mentioned_p (nonlocal_goto_stack_level,
ba716ac9 4125 PATTERN (insn))))
53c17031 4126 delete_related_insns (insn);
ba716ac9 4127 }
6f086dfc
RS
4128 }
4129}
6f086dfc 4130\f
6f086dfc
RS
4131int
4132max_parm_reg_num ()
4133{
4134 return max_parm_reg;
4135}
4136
4137/* Return the first insn following those generated by `assign_parms'. */
4138
4139rtx
4140get_first_nonparm_insn ()
4141{
4142 if (last_parm_insn)
4143 return NEXT_INSN (last_parm_insn);
4144 return get_insns ();
4145}
4146
5378192b
RS
4147/* Return the first NOTE_INSN_BLOCK_BEG note in the function.
4148 Crash if there is none. */
4149
4150rtx
4151get_first_block_beg ()
4152{
b3694847
SS
4153 rtx searcher;
4154 rtx insn = get_first_nonparm_insn ();
5378192b
RS
4155
4156 for (searcher = insn; searcher; searcher = NEXT_INSN (searcher))
4157 if (GET_CODE (searcher) == NOTE
4158 && NOTE_LINE_NUMBER (searcher) == NOTE_INSN_BLOCK_BEG)
4159 return searcher;
4160
4161 abort (); /* Invalid call to this function. (See comments above.) */
4162 return NULL_RTX;
4163}
4164
d181c154
RS
4165/* Return 1 if EXP is an aggregate type (or a value with aggregate type).
4166 This means a type for which function calls must pass an address to the
4167 function or get an address back from the function.
4168 EXP may be a type node or an expression (whose type is tested). */
6f086dfc
RS
4169
4170int
4171aggregate_value_p (exp)
4172 tree exp;
4173{
9d790a4f
RS
4174 int i, regno, nregs;
4175 rtx reg;
2f939d94
TP
4176
4177 tree type = (TYPE_P (exp)) ? exp : TREE_TYPE (exp);
d181c154 4178
d7bf8ada
MM
4179 if (TREE_CODE (type) == VOID_TYPE)
4180 return 0;
d181c154 4181 if (RETURN_IN_MEMORY (type))
6f086dfc 4182 return 1;
956d6950 4183 /* Types that are TREE_ADDRESSABLE must be constructed in memory,
49a2e5b2
DE
4184 and thus can't be returned in registers. */
4185 if (TREE_ADDRESSABLE (type))
4186 return 1;
05e3bdb9 4187 if (flag_pcc_struct_return && AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (type))
6f086dfc 4188 return 1;
9d790a4f
RS
4189 /* Make sure we have suitable call-clobbered regs to return
4190 the value in; if not, we must return it in memory. */
4dc07bd7 4191 reg = hard_function_value (type, 0, 0);
e71f7aa5
JW
4192
4193 /* If we have something other than a REG (e.g. a PARALLEL), then assume
4194 it is OK. */
4195 if (GET_CODE (reg) != REG)
4196 return 0;
4197
9d790a4f 4198 regno = REGNO (reg);
d181c154 4199 nregs = HARD_REGNO_NREGS (regno, TYPE_MODE (type));
9d790a4f
RS
4200 for (i = 0; i < nregs; i++)
4201 if (! call_used_regs[regno + i])
4202 return 1;
6f086dfc
RS
4203 return 0;
4204}
4205\f
4206/* Assign RTL expressions to the function's parameters.
4207 This may involve copying them into registers and using
0d1416c6 4208 those registers as the RTL for them. */
6f086dfc
RS
4209
4210void
0d1416c6 4211assign_parms (fndecl)
6f086dfc 4212 tree fndecl;
6f086dfc 4213{
b3694847
SS
4214 tree parm;
4215 rtx entry_parm = 0;
4216 rtx stack_parm = 0;
6f086dfc 4217 CUMULATIVE_ARGS args_so_far;
621061f4
RK
4218 enum machine_mode promoted_mode, passed_mode;
4219 enum machine_mode nominal_mode, promoted_nominal_mode;
00d8a4c1 4220 int unsignedp;
6f086dfc
RS
4221 /* Total space needed so far for args on the stack,
4222 given as a constant and a tree-expression. */
4223 struct args_size stack_args_size;
4224 tree fntype = TREE_TYPE (fndecl);
4225 tree fnargs = DECL_ARGUMENTS (fndecl);
4226 /* This is used for the arg pointer when referring to stack args. */
4227 rtx internal_arg_pointer;
718fe406 4228 /* This is a dummy PARM_DECL that we used for the function result if
6f086dfc
RS
4229 the function returns a structure. */
4230 tree function_result_decl = 0;
54ea1de9 4231#ifdef SETUP_INCOMING_VARARGS
6f086dfc 4232 int varargs_setup = 0;
54ea1de9 4233#endif
3412b298 4234 rtx conversion_insns = 0;
4fc026cd 4235 struct args_size alignment_pad;
6f086dfc
RS
4236
4237 /* Nonzero if the last arg is named `__builtin_va_alist',
4238 which is used on some machines for old-fashioned non-ANSI varargs.h;
4239 this should be stuck onto the stack as if it had arrived there. */
3b69d50e
RK
4240 int hide_last_arg
4241 = (current_function_varargs
4242 && fnargs
6f086dfc
RS
4243 && (parm = tree_last (fnargs)) != 0
4244 && DECL_NAME (parm)
4245 && (! strcmp (IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_NAME (parm)),
4246 "__builtin_va_alist")));
4247
4248 /* Nonzero if function takes extra anonymous args.
4249 This means the last named arg must be on the stack
0f41302f 4250 right before the anonymous ones. */
6f086dfc
RS
4251 int stdarg
4252 = (TYPE_ARG_TYPES (fntype) != 0
4253 && (TREE_VALUE (tree_last (TYPE_ARG_TYPES (fntype)))
4254 != void_type_node));
4255
ebb904cb
RK
4256 current_function_stdarg = stdarg;
4257
6f086dfc
RS
4258 /* If the reg that the virtual arg pointer will be translated into is
4259 not a fixed reg or is the stack pointer, make a copy of the virtual
4260 arg pointer, and address parms via the copy. The frame pointer is
4261 considered fixed even though it is not marked as such.
4262
4263 The second time through, simply use ap to avoid generating rtx. */
4264
4265 if ((ARG_POINTER_REGNUM == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
4266 || ! (fixed_regs[ARG_POINTER_REGNUM]
0d1416c6 4267 || ARG_POINTER_REGNUM == FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM)))
6f086dfc
RS
4268 internal_arg_pointer = copy_to_reg (virtual_incoming_args_rtx);
4269 else
4270 internal_arg_pointer = virtual_incoming_args_rtx;
4271 current_function_internal_arg_pointer = internal_arg_pointer;
4272
4273 stack_args_size.constant = 0;
4274 stack_args_size.var = 0;
4275
4276 /* If struct value address is treated as the first argument, make it so. */
4277 if (aggregate_value_p (DECL_RESULT (fndecl))
4278 && ! current_function_returns_pcc_struct
4279 && struct_value_incoming_rtx == 0)
4280 {
f9f29478 4281 tree type = build_pointer_type (TREE_TYPE (fntype));
6f086dfc 4282
5f4f0e22 4283 function_result_decl = build_decl (PARM_DECL, NULL_TREE, type);
6f086dfc
RS
4284
4285 DECL_ARG_TYPE (function_result_decl) = type;
4286 TREE_CHAIN (function_result_decl) = fnargs;
4287 fnargs = function_result_decl;
4288 }
718fe406 4289
e9a25f70 4290 max_parm_reg = LAST_VIRTUAL_REGISTER + 1;
e2ecd91c 4291 parm_reg_stack_loc = (rtx *) xcalloc (max_parm_reg, sizeof (rtx));
6f086dfc
RS
4292
4293#ifdef INIT_CUMULATIVE_INCOMING_ARGS
ea0d4c4b 4294 INIT_CUMULATIVE_INCOMING_ARGS (args_so_far, fntype, NULL_RTX);
6f086dfc 4295#else
2c7ee1a6 4296 INIT_CUMULATIVE_ARGS (args_so_far, fntype, NULL_RTX, 0);
6f086dfc
RS
4297#endif
4298
4299 /* We haven't yet found an argument that we must push and pretend the
4300 caller did. */
4301 current_function_pretend_args_size = 0;
4302
4303 for (parm = fnargs; parm; parm = TREE_CHAIN (parm))
4304 {
6f086dfc
RS
4305 struct args_size stack_offset;
4306 struct args_size arg_size;
4307 int passed_pointer = 0;
621061f4 4308 int did_conversion = 0;
6f086dfc 4309 tree passed_type = DECL_ARG_TYPE (parm);
621061f4 4310 tree nominal_type = TREE_TYPE (parm);
9ab70a9b 4311 int pretend_named;
6f086dfc
RS
4312
4313 /* Set LAST_NAMED if this is last named arg before some
bf9c83fe 4314 anonymous args. */
6f086dfc
RS
4315 int last_named = ((TREE_CHAIN (parm) == 0
4316 || DECL_NAME (TREE_CHAIN (parm)) == 0)
3b69d50e 4317 && (stdarg || current_function_varargs));
bf9c83fe
JW
4318 /* Set NAMED_ARG if this arg should be treated as a named arg. For
4319 most machines, if this is a varargs/stdarg function, then we treat
4320 the last named arg as if it were anonymous too. */
e5e809f4 4321 int named_arg = STRICT_ARGUMENT_NAMING ? 1 : ! last_named;
6f086dfc
RS
4322
4323 if (TREE_TYPE (parm) == error_mark_node
4324 /* This can happen after weird syntax errors
4325 or if an enum type is defined among the parms. */
4326 || TREE_CODE (parm) != PARM_DECL
4327 || passed_type == NULL)
4328 {
19e7881c
MM
4329 SET_DECL_RTL (parm, gen_rtx_MEM (BLKmode, const0_rtx));
4330 DECL_INCOMING_RTL (parm) = DECL_RTL (parm);
6f086dfc
RS
4331 TREE_USED (parm) = 1;
4332 continue;
4333 }
4334
4335 /* For varargs.h function, save info about regs and stack space
4336 used by the individual args, not including the va_alist arg. */
3b69d50e 4337 if (hide_last_arg && last_named)
6f086dfc
RS
4338 current_function_args_info = args_so_far;
4339
4340 /* Find mode of arg as it is passed, and mode of arg
4341 as it should be during execution of this function. */
4342 passed_mode = TYPE_MODE (passed_type);
621061f4 4343 nominal_mode = TYPE_MODE (nominal_type);
6f086dfc 4344
16bae307
RS
4345 /* If the parm's mode is VOID, its value doesn't matter,
4346 and avoid the usual things like emit_move_insn that could crash. */
4347 if (nominal_mode == VOIDmode)
4348 {
19e7881c
MM
4349 SET_DECL_RTL (parm, const0_rtx);
4350 DECL_INCOMING_RTL (parm) = DECL_RTL (parm);
16bae307
RS
4351 continue;
4352 }
4353
3f46679a
RK
4354 /* If the parm is to be passed as a transparent union, use the
4355 type of the first field for the tests below. We have already
4356 verified that the modes are the same. */
4357 if (DECL_TRANSPARENT_UNION (parm)
2bf105ab
RK
4358 || (TREE_CODE (passed_type) == UNION_TYPE
4359 && TYPE_TRANSPARENT_UNION (passed_type)))
3f46679a
RK
4360 passed_type = TREE_TYPE (TYPE_FIELDS (passed_type));
4361
a14ae508
RK
4362 /* See if this arg was passed by invisible reference. It is if
4363 it is an object whose size depends on the contents of the
4364 object itself or if the machine requires these objects be passed
4365 that way. */
4366
4367 if ((TREE_CODE (TYPE_SIZE (passed_type)) != INTEGER_CST
4368 && contains_placeholder_p (TYPE_SIZE (passed_type)))
657bb6dc 4369 || TREE_ADDRESSABLE (passed_type)
6f086dfc 4370#ifdef FUNCTION_ARG_PASS_BY_REFERENCE
a14ae508 4371 || FUNCTION_ARG_PASS_BY_REFERENCE (args_so_far, passed_mode,
bf9c83fe 4372 passed_type, named_arg)
a14ae508
RK
4373#endif
4374 )
6f086dfc 4375 {
621061f4 4376 passed_type = nominal_type = build_pointer_type (passed_type);
6f086dfc
RS
4377 passed_pointer = 1;
4378 passed_mode = nominal_mode = Pmode;
4379 }
6f086dfc 4380
a53e14c0
RK
4381 promoted_mode = passed_mode;
4382
4383#ifdef PROMOTE_FUNCTION_ARGS
4384 /* Compute the mode in which the arg is actually extended to. */
7940255d 4385 unsignedp = TREE_UNSIGNED (passed_type);
a5a52dbc 4386 promoted_mode = promote_mode (passed_type, promoted_mode, &unsignedp, 1);
a53e14c0
RK
4387#endif
4388
6f086dfc
RS
4389 /* Let machine desc say which reg (if any) the parm arrives in.
4390 0 means it arrives on the stack. */
4391#ifdef FUNCTION_INCOMING_ARG
a53e14c0 4392 entry_parm = FUNCTION_INCOMING_ARG (args_so_far, promoted_mode,
bf9c83fe 4393 passed_type, named_arg);
6f086dfc 4394#else
a53e14c0 4395 entry_parm = FUNCTION_ARG (args_so_far, promoted_mode,
bf9c83fe 4396 passed_type, named_arg);
6f086dfc
RS
4397#endif
4398
621061f4
RK
4399 if (entry_parm == 0)
4400 promoted_mode = passed_mode;
a53e14c0 4401
6f086dfc
RS
4402#ifdef SETUP_INCOMING_VARARGS
4403 /* If this is the last named parameter, do any required setup for
4404 varargs or stdargs. We need to know about the case of this being an
4405 addressable type, in which case we skip the registers it
4406 would have arrived in.
4407
4408 For stdargs, LAST_NAMED will be set for two parameters, the one that
4409 is actually the last named, and the dummy parameter. We only
4410 want to do this action once.
4411
4412 Also, indicate when RTL generation is to be suppressed. */
4413 if (last_named && !varargs_setup)
4414 {
621061f4 4415 SETUP_INCOMING_VARARGS (args_so_far, promoted_mode, passed_type,
0d1416c6 4416 current_function_pretend_args_size, 0);
6f086dfc
RS
4417 varargs_setup = 1;
4418 }
4419#endif
4420
4421 /* Determine parm's home in the stack,
4422 in case it arrives in the stack or we should pretend it did.
4423
4424 Compute the stack position and rtx where the argument arrives
4425 and its size.
4426
4427 There is one complexity here: If this was a parameter that would
4428 have been passed in registers, but wasn't only because it is
4429 __builtin_va_alist, we want locate_and_pad_parm to treat it as if
4430 it came in a register so that REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE isn't skipped.
4431 In this case, we call FUNCTION_ARG with NAMED set to 1 instead of
4432 0 as it was the previous time. */
4433
9ab70a9b 4434 pretend_named = named_arg || PRETEND_OUTGOING_VARARGS_NAMED;
0f11903b 4435 locate_and_pad_parm (promoted_mode, passed_type,
6f086dfc
RS
4436#ifdef STACK_PARMS_IN_REG_PARM_AREA
4437 1,
4438#else
4439#ifdef FUNCTION_INCOMING_ARG
621061f4 4440 FUNCTION_INCOMING_ARG (args_so_far, promoted_mode,
6f086dfc 4441 passed_type,
9ab70a9b 4442 pretend_named) != 0,
6f086dfc 4443#else
621061f4 4444 FUNCTION_ARG (args_so_far, promoted_mode,
6f086dfc 4445 passed_type,
9ab70a9b 4446 pretend_named) != 0,
6f086dfc
RS
4447#endif
4448#endif
4fc026cd 4449 fndecl, &stack_args_size, &stack_offset, &arg_size,
718fe406 4450 &alignment_pad);
6f086dfc 4451
0d1416c6
BS
4452 {
4453 rtx offset_rtx = ARGS_SIZE_RTX (stack_offset);
4454
4455 if (offset_rtx == const0_rtx)
4456 stack_parm = gen_rtx_MEM (promoted_mode, internal_arg_pointer);
4457 else
4458 stack_parm = gen_rtx_MEM (promoted_mode,
4459 gen_rtx_PLUS (Pmode,
4460 internal_arg_pointer,
4461 offset_rtx));
4462
3bdf5ad1 4463 set_mem_attributes (stack_parm, parm, 1);
0d1416c6 4464 }
6f086dfc
RS
4465
4466 /* If this parameter was passed both in registers and in the stack,
4467 use the copy on the stack. */
621061f4 4468 if (MUST_PASS_IN_STACK (promoted_mode, passed_type))
6f086dfc
RS
4469 entry_parm = 0;
4470
461beb10 4471#ifdef FUNCTION_ARG_PARTIAL_NREGS
6f086dfc
RS
4472 /* If this parm was passed part in regs and part in memory,
4473 pretend it arrived entirely in memory
4474 by pushing the register-part onto the stack.
4475
4476 In the special case of a DImode or DFmode that is split,
4477 we could put it together in a pseudoreg directly,
4478 but for now that's not worth bothering with. */
4479
4480 if (entry_parm)
4481 {
621061f4 4482 int nregs = FUNCTION_ARG_PARTIAL_NREGS (args_so_far, promoted_mode,
bf9c83fe 4483 passed_type, named_arg);
6f086dfc
RS
4484
4485 if (nregs > 0)
4486 {
4487 current_function_pretend_args_size
4488 = (((nregs * UNITS_PER_WORD) + (PARM_BOUNDARY / BITS_PER_UNIT) - 1)
4489 / (PARM_BOUNDARY / BITS_PER_UNIT)
4490 * (PARM_BOUNDARY / BITS_PER_UNIT));
4491
0d1416c6
BS
4492 /* Handle calls that pass values in multiple non-contiguous
4493 locations. The Irix 6 ABI has examples of this. */
4494 if (GET_CODE (entry_parm) == PARALLEL)
4495 emit_group_store (validize_mem (stack_parm), entry_parm,
4496 int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (parm)),
19caa751 4497 TYPE_ALIGN (TREE_TYPE (parm)));
718fe406 4498
0d1416c6
BS
4499 else
4500 move_block_from_reg (REGNO (entry_parm),
4501 validize_mem (stack_parm), nregs,
4502 int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (parm)));
4503
6f086dfc
RS
4504 entry_parm = stack_parm;
4505 }
4506 }
461beb10 4507#endif
6f086dfc
RS
4508
4509 /* If we didn't decide this parm came in a register,
4510 by default it came on the stack. */
4511 if (entry_parm == 0)
4512 entry_parm = stack_parm;
4513
4514 /* Record permanently how this parm was passed. */
0d1416c6 4515 DECL_INCOMING_RTL (parm) = entry_parm;
6f086dfc
RS
4516
4517 /* If there is actually space on the stack for this parm,
4518 count it in stack_args_size; otherwise set stack_parm to 0
4519 to indicate there is no preallocated stack slot for the parm. */
4520
4521 if (entry_parm == stack_parm
ab87f8c8
JL
4522 || (GET_CODE (entry_parm) == PARALLEL
4523 && XEXP (XVECEXP (entry_parm, 0, 0), 0) == NULL_RTX)
d9ca49d5 4524#if defined (REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE) && ! defined (MAYBE_REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE)
6f086dfc 4525 /* On some machines, even if a parm value arrives in a register
d9ca49d5
JW
4526 there is still an (uninitialized) stack slot allocated for it.
4527
4528 ??? When MAYBE_REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE is defined, we can't tell
4529 whether this parameter already has a stack slot allocated,
4530 because an arg block exists only if current_function_args_size
abc95ed3 4531 is larger than some threshold, and we haven't calculated that
d9ca49d5
JW
4532 yet. So, for now, we just assume that stack slots never exist
4533 in this case. */
6f086dfc
RS
4534 || REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE (fndecl) > 0
4535#endif
4536 )
4537 {
4538 stack_args_size.constant += arg_size.constant;
4539 if (arg_size.var)
4540 ADD_PARM_SIZE (stack_args_size, arg_size.var);
4541 }
4542 else
4543 /* No stack slot was pushed for this parm. */
4544 stack_parm = 0;
4545
4546 /* Update info on where next arg arrives in registers. */
4547
621061f4 4548 FUNCTION_ARG_ADVANCE (args_so_far, promoted_mode,
bf9c83fe 4549 passed_type, named_arg);
6f086dfc 4550
e16c591a
RS
4551 /* If we can't trust the parm stack slot to be aligned enough
4552 for its ultimate type, don't use that slot after entry.
4553 We'll make another stack slot, if we need one. */
4554 {
c8d8ed65 4555 unsigned int thisparm_boundary
621061f4 4556 = FUNCTION_ARG_BOUNDARY (promoted_mode, passed_type);
e16c591a
RS
4557
4558 if (GET_MODE_ALIGNMENT (nominal_mode) > thisparm_boundary)
4559 stack_parm = 0;
4560 }
4561
cb61f66f
RS
4562 /* If parm was passed in memory, and we need to convert it on entry,
4563 don't store it back in that same slot. */
4564 if (entry_parm != 0
4565 && nominal_mode != BLKmode && nominal_mode != passed_mode)
4566 stack_parm = 0;
4567
e68a6ce1
AO
4568 /* When an argument is passed in multiple locations, we can't
4569 make use of this information, but we can save some copying if
4570 the whole argument is passed in a single register. */
4571 if (GET_CODE (entry_parm) == PARALLEL
4572 && nominal_mode != BLKmode && passed_mode != BLKmode)
4573 {
4574 int i, len = XVECLEN (entry_parm, 0);
4575
4576 for (i = 0; i < len; i++)
4577 if (XEXP (XVECEXP (entry_parm, 0, i), 0) != NULL_RTX
4578 && GET_CODE (XEXP (XVECEXP (entry_parm, 0, i), 0)) == REG
4579 && (GET_MODE (XEXP (XVECEXP (entry_parm, 0, i), 0))
4580 == passed_mode)
b845f897 4581 && INTVAL (XEXP (XVECEXP (entry_parm, 0, i), 1)) == 0)
e68a6ce1
AO
4582 {
4583 entry_parm = XEXP (XVECEXP (entry_parm, 0, i), 0);
fd81f5f6 4584 DECL_INCOMING_RTL (parm) = entry_parm;
e68a6ce1
AO
4585 break;
4586 }
4587 }
4588
6f086dfc
RS
4589 /* ENTRY_PARM is an RTX for the parameter as it arrives,
4590 in the mode in which it arrives.
4591 STACK_PARM is an RTX for a stack slot where the parameter can live
4592 during the function (in case we want to put it there).
4593 STACK_PARM is 0 if no stack slot was pushed for it.
4594
4595 Now output code if necessary to convert ENTRY_PARM to
4596 the type in which this function declares it,
4597 and store that result in an appropriate place,
4598 which may be a pseudo reg, may be STACK_PARM,
4599 or may be a local stack slot if STACK_PARM is 0.
4600
4601 Set DECL_RTL to that place. */
4602
5c4cdc9f 4603 if (nominal_mode == BLKmode || GET_CODE (entry_parm) == PARALLEL)
6f086dfc 4604 {
5c4cdc9f
JW
4605 /* If a BLKmode arrives in registers, copy it to a stack slot.
4606 Handle calls that pass values in multiple non-contiguous
4607 locations. The Irix 6 ABI has examples of this. */
4608 if (GET_CODE (entry_parm) == REG
4609 || GET_CODE (entry_parm) == PARALLEL)
6f086dfc 4610 {
621061f4
RK
4611 int size_stored
4612 = CEIL_ROUND (int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (parm)),
4613 UNITS_PER_WORD);
6f086dfc
RS
4614
4615 /* Note that we will be storing an integral number of words.
4616 So we have to be careful to ensure that we allocate an
4617 integral number of words. We do this below in the
4618 assign_stack_local if space was not allocated in the argument
4619 list. If it was, this will not work if PARM_BOUNDARY is not
4620 a multiple of BITS_PER_WORD. It isn't clear how to fix this
4621 if it becomes a problem. */
4622
4623 if (stack_parm == 0)
7e41ffa2
RS
4624 {
4625 stack_parm
621061f4
RK
4626 = assign_stack_local (GET_MODE (entry_parm),
4627 size_stored, 0);
3bdf5ad1 4628 set_mem_attributes (stack_parm, parm, 1);
7e41ffa2
RS
4629 }
4630
6f086dfc
RS
4631 else if (PARM_BOUNDARY % BITS_PER_WORD != 0)
4632 abort ();
4633
5c4cdc9f
JW
4634 /* Handle calls that pass values in multiple non-contiguous
4635 locations. The Irix 6 ABI has examples of this. */
4636 if (GET_CODE (entry_parm) == PARALLEL)
aac5cc16
RH
4637 emit_group_store (validize_mem (stack_parm), entry_parm,
4638 int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (parm)),
19caa751 4639 TYPE_ALIGN (TREE_TYPE (parm)));
5c4cdc9f
JW
4640 else
4641 move_block_from_reg (REGNO (entry_parm),
4642 validize_mem (stack_parm),
4643 size_stored / UNITS_PER_WORD,
4644 int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (parm)));
6f086dfc 4645 }
19e7881c 4646 SET_DECL_RTL (parm, stack_parm);
6f086dfc 4647 }
d29c259b
RH
4648 else if (! ((! optimize
4649 && ! DECL_REGISTER (parm)
a82ad570 4650 && ! DECL_INLINE (fndecl))
6f086dfc
RS
4651 || TREE_SIDE_EFFECTS (parm)
4652 /* If -ffloat-store specified, don't put explicit
4653 float variables into registers. */
4654 || (flag_float_store
4655 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (parm)) == REAL_TYPE))
4656 /* Always assign pseudo to structure return or item passed
4657 by invisible reference. */
4658 || passed_pointer || parm == function_result_decl)
4659 {
00d8a4c1
RK
4660 /* Store the parm in a pseudoregister during the function, but we
4661 may need to do it in a wider mode. */
4662
b3694847 4663 rtx parmreg;
770ae6cc 4664 unsigned int regno, regnoi = 0, regnor = 0;
00d8a4c1
RK
4665
4666 unsignedp = TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (parm));
cd5b3469 4667
621061f4
RK
4668 promoted_nominal_mode
4669 = promote_mode (TREE_TYPE (parm), nominal_mode, &unsignedp, 0);
6f086dfc 4670
621061f4 4671 parmreg = gen_reg_rtx (promoted_nominal_mode);
ddb7361a 4672 mark_user_reg (parmreg);
6f086dfc
RS
4673
4674 /* If this was an item that we received a pointer to, set DECL_RTL
4675 appropriately. */
4676 if (passed_pointer)
4677 {
abde42f7
JH
4678 rtx x = gen_rtx_MEM (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (passed_type)),
4679 parmreg);
4680 set_mem_attributes (x, parm, 1);
4681 SET_DECL_RTL (parm, x);
6f086dfc
RS
4682 }
4683 else
d64236b4 4684 {
19e7881c 4685 SET_DECL_RTL (parm, parmreg);
d64236b4
RK
4686 maybe_set_unchanging (DECL_RTL (parm), parm);
4687 }
4688
6f086dfc 4689 /* Copy the value into the register. */
621061f4
RK
4690 if (nominal_mode != passed_mode
4691 || promoted_nominal_mode != promoted_mode)
86f8eff3 4692 {
efd8cba0 4693 int save_tree_used;
621061f4 4694 /* ENTRY_PARM has been converted to PROMOTED_MODE, its
718fe406 4695 mode, by the caller. We now have to convert it to
621061f4 4696 NOMINAL_MODE, if different. However, PARMREG may be in
956d6950 4697 a different mode than NOMINAL_MODE if it is being stored
621061f4
RK
4698 promoted.
4699
4700 If ENTRY_PARM is a hard register, it might be in a register
86f8eff3
RK
4701 not valid for operating in its mode (e.g., an odd-numbered
4702 register for a DFmode). In that case, moves are the only
4703 thing valid, so we can't do a convert from there. This
4704 occurs when the calling sequence allow such misaligned
3412b298
JW
4705 usages.
4706
4707 In addition, the conversion may involve a call, which could
4708 clobber parameters which haven't been copied to pseudo
4709 registers yet. Therefore, we must first copy the parm to
4710 a pseudo reg here, and save the conversion until after all
4711 parameters have been moved. */
4712
4713 rtx tempreg = gen_reg_rtx (GET_MODE (entry_parm));
4714
4715 emit_move_insn (tempreg, validize_mem (entry_parm));
4716
4717 push_to_sequence (conversion_insns);
ad241351
RK
4718 tempreg = convert_to_mode (nominal_mode, tempreg, unsignedp);
4719
ddef6bc7
JJ
4720 if (GET_CODE (tempreg) == SUBREG
4721 && GET_MODE (tempreg) == nominal_mode
4722 && GET_CODE (SUBREG_REG (tempreg)) == REG
4723 && nominal_mode == passed_mode
4724 && GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (tempreg)) == GET_MODE (entry_parm)
4725 && GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (tempreg))
4726 < GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (entry_parm)))
4727 {
4728 /* The argument is already sign/zero extended, so note it
4729 into the subreg. */
4730 SUBREG_PROMOTED_VAR_P (tempreg) = 1;
4731 SUBREG_PROMOTED_UNSIGNED_P (tempreg) = unsignedp;
4732 }
4733
efd8cba0
DB
4734 /* TREE_USED gets set erroneously during expand_assignment. */
4735 save_tree_used = TREE_USED (parm);
621061f4
RK
4736 expand_assignment (parm,
4737 make_tree (nominal_type, tempreg), 0, 0);
efd8cba0 4738 TREE_USED (parm) = save_tree_used;
3412b298 4739 conversion_insns = get_insns ();
621061f4 4740 did_conversion = 1;
3412b298 4741 end_sequence ();
86f8eff3 4742 }
6f086dfc
RS
4743 else
4744 emit_move_insn (parmreg, validize_mem (entry_parm));
4745
74bd77a8
RS
4746 /* If we were passed a pointer but the actual value
4747 can safely live in a register, put it in one. */
16bae307 4748 if (passed_pointer && TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (parm)) != BLKmode
d29c259b
RH
4749 && ! ((! optimize
4750 && ! DECL_REGISTER (parm)
74bd77a8 4751 && ! DECL_INLINE (fndecl))
74bd77a8
RS
4752 || TREE_SIDE_EFFECTS (parm)
4753 /* If -ffloat-store specified, don't put explicit
4754 float variables into registers. */
4755 || (flag_float_store
4756 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (parm)) == REAL_TYPE)))
4757 {
2654605a
JW
4758 /* We can't use nominal_mode, because it will have been set to
4759 Pmode above. We must use the actual mode of the parm. */
4760 parmreg = gen_reg_rtx (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (parm)));
ddb7361a 4761 mark_user_reg (parmreg);
f523247a
AO
4762 if (GET_MODE (parmreg) != GET_MODE (DECL_RTL (parm)))
4763 {
4764 rtx tempreg = gen_reg_rtx (GET_MODE (DECL_RTL (parm)));
19e7881c 4765 int unsigned_p = TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (parm));
f523247a
AO
4766 push_to_sequence (conversion_insns);
4767 emit_move_insn (tempreg, DECL_RTL (parm));
19e7881c
MM
4768 SET_DECL_RTL (parm,
4769 convert_to_mode (GET_MODE (parmreg),
4770 tempreg,
4771 unsigned_p));
f523247a
AO
4772 emit_move_insn (parmreg, DECL_RTL (parm));
4773 conversion_insns = get_insns();
4774 did_conversion = 1;
4775 end_sequence ();
4776 }
4777 else
4778 emit_move_insn (parmreg, DECL_RTL (parm));
19e7881c 4779 SET_DECL_RTL (parm, parmreg);
c110c53d
RS
4780 /* STACK_PARM is the pointer, not the parm, and PARMREG is
4781 now the parm. */
4782 stack_parm = 0;
74bd77a8 4783 }
137a2a7b
DE
4784#ifdef FUNCTION_ARG_CALLEE_COPIES
4785 /* If we are passed an arg by reference and it is our responsibility
4786 to make a copy, do it now.
4787 PASSED_TYPE and PASSED mode now refer to the pointer, not the
4788 original argument, so we must recreate them in the call to
4789 FUNCTION_ARG_CALLEE_COPIES. */
4790 /* ??? Later add code to handle the case that if the argument isn't
4791 modified, don't do the copy. */
4792
4793 else if (passed_pointer
4794 && FUNCTION_ARG_CALLEE_COPIES (args_so_far,
4795 TYPE_MODE (DECL_ARG_TYPE (parm)),
4796 DECL_ARG_TYPE (parm),
bf9c83fe 4797 named_arg)
926b1b99 4798 && ! TREE_ADDRESSABLE (DECL_ARG_TYPE (parm)))
137a2a7b
DE
4799 {
4800 rtx copy;
4801 tree type = DECL_ARG_TYPE (parm);
4802
4803 /* This sequence may involve a library call perhaps clobbering
4804 registers that haven't been copied to pseudos yet. */
4805
4806 push_to_sequence (conversion_insns);
4807
d0f062fb 4808 if (!COMPLETE_TYPE_P (type)
137a2a7b 4809 || TREE_CODE (TYPE_SIZE (type)) != INTEGER_CST)
1fd3ef7f 4810 /* This is a variable sized object. */
38a448ca
RH
4811 copy = gen_rtx_MEM (BLKmode,
4812 allocate_dynamic_stack_space
4813 (expr_size (parm), NULL_RTX,
4814 TYPE_ALIGN (type)));
137a2a7b 4815 else
1fd3ef7f
RK
4816 copy = assign_stack_temp (TYPE_MODE (type),
4817 int_size_in_bytes (type), 1);
a696c1d6 4818 set_mem_attributes (copy, parm, 1);
137a2a7b
DE
4819
4820 store_expr (parm, copy, 0);
4821 emit_move_insn (parmreg, XEXP (copy, 0));
7d384cc0 4822 if (current_function_check_memory_usage)
ebb1b59a
BS
4823 emit_library_call (chkr_set_right_libfunc,
4824 LCT_CONST_MAKE_BLOCK, VOIDmode, 3,
6a9c4aed 4825 XEXP (copy, 0), Pmode,
86fa911a
RK
4826 GEN_INT (int_size_in_bytes (type)),
4827 TYPE_MODE (sizetype),
956d6950
JL
4828 GEN_INT (MEMORY_USE_RW),
4829 TYPE_MODE (integer_type_node));
137a2a7b 4830 conversion_insns = get_insns ();
621061f4 4831 did_conversion = 1;
137a2a7b
DE
4832 end_sequence ();
4833 }
4834#endif /* FUNCTION_ARG_CALLEE_COPIES */
74bd77a8 4835
6f086dfc 4836 /* In any case, record the parm's desired stack location
718fe406 4837 in case we later discover it must live in the stack.
14aceb29
RS
4838
4839 If it is a COMPLEX value, store the stack location for both
4840 halves. */
4841
4842 if (GET_CODE (parmreg) == CONCAT)
4843 regno = MAX (REGNO (XEXP (parmreg, 0)), REGNO (XEXP (parmreg, 1)));
4844 else
4845 regno = REGNO (parmreg);
4846
e9a25f70 4847 if (regno >= max_parm_reg)
6f086dfc
RS
4848 {
4849 rtx *new;
e9a25f70 4850 int old_max_parm_reg = max_parm_reg;
14aceb29 4851
e9a25f70
JL
4852 /* It's slow to expand this one register at a time,
4853 but it's also rare and we need max_parm_reg to be
4854 precisely correct. */
4855 max_parm_reg = regno + 1;
e2ecd91c
BS
4856 new = (rtx *) xrealloc (parm_reg_stack_loc,
4857 max_parm_reg * sizeof (rtx));
961192e1 4858 memset ((char *) (new + old_max_parm_reg), 0,
e9a25f70 4859 (max_parm_reg - old_max_parm_reg) * sizeof (rtx));
6f086dfc
RS
4860 parm_reg_stack_loc = new;
4861 }
14aceb29
RS
4862
4863 if (GET_CODE (parmreg) == CONCAT)
4864 {
4865 enum machine_mode submode = GET_MODE (XEXP (parmreg, 0));
4866
a03caf76
RK
4867 regnor = REGNO (gen_realpart (submode, parmreg));
4868 regnoi = REGNO (gen_imagpart (submode, parmreg));
4869
7b1a0c14
RS
4870 if (stack_parm != 0)
4871 {
a03caf76 4872 parm_reg_stack_loc[regnor]
3d329b07 4873 = gen_realpart (submode, stack_parm);
a03caf76 4874 parm_reg_stack_loc[regnoi]
3d329b07 4875 = gen_imagpart (submode, stack_parm);
7b1a0c14
RS
4876 }
4877 else
4878 {
a03caf76
RK
4879 parm_reg_stack_loc[regnor] = 0;
4880 parm_reg_stack_loc[regnoi] = 0;
7b1a0c14 4881 }
14aceb29
RS
4882 }
4883 else
4884 parm_reg_stack_loc[REGNO (parmreg)] = stack_parm;
6f086dfc
RS
4885
4886 /* Mark the register as eliminable if we did no conversion
4887 and it was copied from memory at a fixed offset,
4888 and the arg pointer was not copied to a pseudo-reg.
4889 If the arg pointer is a pseudo reg or the offset formed
4890 an invalid address, such memory-equivalences
4891 as we make here would screw up life analysis for it. */
4892 if (nominal_mode == passed_mode
621061f4 4893 && ! did_conversion
38b610ed
ILT
4894 && stack_parm != 0
4895 && GET_CODE (stack_parm) == MEM
6f086dfc
RS
4896 && stack_offset.var == 0
4897 && reg_mentioned_p (virtual_incoming_args_rtx,
38b610ed 4898 XEXP (stack_parm, 0)))
a03caf76
RK
4899 {
4900 rtx linsn = get_last_insn ();
69685820 4901 rtx sinsn, set;
a03caf76
RK
4902
4903 /* Mark complex types separately. */
4904 if (GET_CODE (parmreg) == CONCAT)
69685820
RK
4905 /* Scan backwards for the set of the real and
4906 imaginary parts. */
4907 for (sinsn = linsn; sinsn != 0;
4908 sinsn = prev_nonnote_insn (sinsn))
4909 {
4910 set = single_set (sinsn);
4911 if (set != 0
4912 && SET_DEST (set) == regno_reg_rtx [regnoi])
4913 REG_NOTES (sinsn)
38a448ca
RH
4914 = gen_rtx_EXPR_LIST (REG_EQUIV,
4915 parm_reg_stack_loc[regnoi],
4916 REG_NOTES (sinsn));
69685820
RK
4917 else if (set != 0
4918 && SET_DEST (set) == regno_reg_rtx [regnor])
4919 REG_NOTES (sinsn)
38a448ca
RH
4920 = gen_rtx_EXPR_LIST (REG_EQUIV,
4921 parm_reg_stack_loc[regnor],
4922 REG_NOTES (sinsn));
69685820
RK
4923 }
4924 else if ((set = single_set (linsn)) != 0
4925 && SET_DEST (set) == parmreg)
718fe406 4926 REG_NOTES (linsn)
38a448ca
RH
4927 = gen_rtx_EXPR_LIST (REG_EQUIV,
4928 stack_parm, REG_NOTES (linsn));
a03caf76 4929 }
6f086dfc
RS
4930
4931 /* For pointer data type, suggest pointer register. */
e5e809f4 4932 if (POINTER_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (parm)))
6c6166bd 4933 mark_reg_pointer (parmreg,
bdb429a5
RK
4934 TYPE_ALIGN (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (parm))));
4935
d96a6d1a
JM
4936 /* If something wants our address, try to use ADDRESSOF. */
4937 if (TREE_ADDRESSABLE (parm))
db5fbfb4
MM
4938 {
4939 /* If we end up putting something into the stack,
4940 fixup_var_refs_insns will need to make a pass over
4941 all the instructions. It looks throughs the pending
4942 sequences -- but it can't see the ones in the
4943 CONVERSION_INSNS, if they're not on the sequence
4944 stack. So, we go back to that sequence, just so that
4945 the fixups will happen. */
4946 push_to_sequence (conversion_insns);
4947 put_var_into_stack (parm);
4948 conversion_insns = get_insns ();
4949 end_sequence ();
4950 }
6f086dfc
RS
4951 }
4952 else
4953 {
4954 /* Value must be stored in the stack slot STACK_PARM
4955 during function execution. */
4956
621061f4 4957 if (promoted_mode != nominal_mode)
86f8eff3 4958 {
6d2f8887 4959 /* Conversion is required. */
3412b298
JW
4960 rtx tempreg = gen_reg_rtx (GET_MODE (entry_parm));
4961
4962 emit_move_insn (tempreg, validize_mem (entry_parm));
86f8eff3 4963
3412b298
JW
4964 push_to_sequence (conversion_insns);
4965 entry_parm = convert_to_mode (nominal_mode, tempreg,
a53e14c0 4966 TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (parm)));
de957303 4967 if (stack_parm)
f4ef873c
RK
4968 /* ??? This may need a big-endian conversion on sparc64. */
4969 stack_parm = adjust_address (stack_parm, nominal_mode, 0);
4970
3412b298 4971 conversion_insns = get_insns ();
621061f4 4972 did_conversion = 1;
3412b298 4973 end_sequence ();
86f8eff3 4974 }
6f086dfc
RS
4975
4976 if (entry_parm != stack_parm)
4977 {
4978 if (stack_parm == 0)
7e41ffa2
RS
4979 {
4980 stack_parm
4981 = assign_stack_local (GET_MODE (entry_parm),
4982 GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (entry_parm)), 0);
3bdf5ad1 4983 set_mem_attributes (stack_parm, parm, 1);
7e41ffa2
RS
4984 }
4985
621061f4 4986 if (promoted_mode != nominal_mode)
3412b298
JW
4987 {
4988 push_to_sequence (conversion_insns);
4989 emit_move_insn (validize_mem (stack_parm),
4990 validize_mem (entry_parm));
4991 conversion_insns = get_insns ();
4992 end_sequence ();
4993 }
4994 else
4995 emit_move_insn (validize_mem (stack_parm),
4996 validize_mem (entry_parm));
6f086dfc 4997 }
7d384cc0 4998 if (current_function_check_memory_usage)
86fa911a
RK
4999 {
5000 push_to_sequence (conversion_insns);
ebb1b59a
BS
5001 emit_library_call (chkr_set_right_libfunc, LCT_CONST_MAKE_BLOCK,
5002 VOIDmode, 3, XEXP (stack_parm, 0), Pmode,
718fe406 5003 GEN_INT (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE
86fa911a
RK
5004 (entry_parm))),
5005 TYPE_MODE (sizetype),
956d6950
JL
5006 GEN_INT (MEMORY_USE_RW),
5007 TYPE_MODE (integer_type_node));
6f086dfc 5008
86fa911a
RK
5009 conversion_insns = get_insns ();
5010 end_sequence ();
5011 }
19e7881c 5012 SET_DECL_RTL (parm, stack_parm);
6f086dfc 5013 }
718fe406 5014
6f086dfc
RS
5015 /* If this "parameter" was the place where we are receiving the
5016 function's incoming structure pointer, set up the result. */
5017 if (parm == function_result_decl)
ccdecf58
RK
5018 {
5019 tree result = DECL_RESULT (fndecl);
abde42f7 5020 rtx x = gen_rtx_MEM (DECL_MODE (result), DECL_RTL (parm));
ccdecf58 5021
abde42f7
JH
5022 set_mem_attributes (x, result, 1);
5023 SET_DECL_RTL (result, x);
ccdecf58 5024 }
6f086dfc
RS
5025 }
5026
3412b298
JW
5027 /* Output all parameter conversion instructions (possibly including calls)
5028 now that all parameters have been copied out of hard registers. */
5029 emit_insns (conversion_insns);
5030
6f086dfc
RS
5031 last_parm_insn = get_last_insn ();
5032
5033 current_function_args_size = stack_args_size.constant;
5034
5035 /* Adjust function incoming argument size for alignment and
5036 minimum length. */
5037
5038#ifdef REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE
6f90e075 5039#ifndef MAYBE_REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE
6f086dfc
RS
5040 current_function_args_size = MAX (current_function_args_size,
5041 REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE (fndecl));
5042#endif
6f90e075 5043#endif
6f086dfc 5044
4433e339
RH
5045#define STACK_BYTES (STACK_BOUNDARY / BITS_PER_UNIT)
5046
5047 current_function_args_size
5048 = ((current_function_args_size + STACK_BYTES - 1)
5049 / STACK_BYTES) * STACK_BYTES;
4433e339 5050
6f086dfc
RS
5051#ifdef ARGS_GROW_DOWNWARD
5052 current_function_arg_offset_rtx
5f4f0e22 5053 = (stack_args_size.var == 0 ? GEN_INT (-stack_args_size.constant)
718fe406
KH
5054 : expand_expr (size_diffop (stack_args_size.var,
5055 size_int (-stack_args_size.constant)),
86fa911a 5056 NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, EXPAND_MEMORY_USE_BAD));
6f086dfc
RS
5057#else
5058 current_function_arg_offset_rtx = ARGS_SIZE_RTX (stack_args_size);
5059#endif
5060
5061 /* See how many bytes, if any, of its args a function should try to pop
5062 on return. */
5063
64e6d9cc 5064 current_function_pops_args = RETURN_POPS_ARGS (fndecl, TREE_TYPE (fndecl),
6f086dfc
RS
5065 current_function_args_size);
5066
3b69d50e
RK
5067 /* For stdarg.h function, save info about
5068 regs and stack space used by the named args. */
6f086dfc 5069
3b69d50e 5070 if (!hide_last_arg)
6f086dfc
RS
5071 current_function_args_info = args_so_far;
5072
5073 /* Set the rtx used for the function return value. Put this in its
5074 own variable so any optimizers that need this information don't have
5075 to include tree.h. Do this here so it gets done when an inlined
5076 function gets output. */
5077
19e7881c
MM
5078 current_function_return_rtx
5079 = (DECL_RTL_SET_P (DECL_RESULT (fndecl))
5080 ? DECL_RTL (DECL_RESULT (fndecl)) : NULL_RTX);
6f086dfc
RS
5081}
5082\f
75dc3319
RK
5083/* Indicate whether REGNO is an incoming argument to the current function
5084 that was promoted to a wider mode. If so, return the RTX for the
5085 register (to get its mode). PMODE and PUNSIGNEDP are set to the mode
5086 that REGNO is promoted from and whether the promotion was signed or
5087 unsigned. */
5088
5089#ifdef PROMOTE_FUNCTION_ARGS
5090
5091rtx
5092promoted_input_arg (regno, pmode, punsignedp)
770ae6cc 5093 unsigned int regno;
75dc3319
RK
5094 enum machine_mode *pmode;
5095 int *punsignedp;
5096{
5097 tree arg;
5098
5099 for (arg = DECL_ARGUMENTS (current_function_decl); arg;
5100 arg = TREE_CHAIN (arg))
5101 if (GET_CODE (DECL_INCOMING_RTL (arg)) == REG
621061f4
RK
5102 && REGNO (DECL_INCOMING_RTL (arg)) == regno
5103 && TYPE_MODE (DECL_ARG_TYPE (arg)) == TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (arg)))
75dc3319
RK
5104 {
5105 enum machine_mode mode = TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (arg));
5106 int unsignedp = TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (arg));
5107
a5a52dbc 5108 mode = promote_mode (TREE_TYPE (arg), mode, &unsignedp, 1);
75dc3319
RK
5109 if (mode == GET_MODE (DECL_INCOMING_RTL (arg))
5110 && mode != DECL_MODE (arg))
5111 {
5112 *pmode = DECL_MODE (arg);
5113 *punsignedp = unsignedp;
5114 return DECL_INCOMING_RTL (arg);
5115 }
5116 }
5117
5118 return 0;
5119}
5120
5121#endif
5122\f
6f086dfc
RS
5123/* Compute the size and offset from the start of the stacked arguments for a
5124 parm passed in mode PASSED_MODE and with type TYPE.
5125
5126 INITIAL_OFFSET_PTR points to the current offset into the stacked
5127 arguments.
5128
5129 The starting offset and size for this parm are returned in *OFFSET_PTR
5130 and *ARG_SIZE_PTR, respectively.
5131
5132 IN_REGS is non-zero if the argument will be passed in registers. It will
5133 never be set if REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE is not defined.
5134
5135 FNDECL is the function in which the argument was defined.
5136
5137 There are two types of rounding that are done. The first, controlled by
5138 FUNCTION_ARG_BOUNDARY, forces the offset from the start of the argument
5139 list to be aligned to the specific boundary (in bits). This rounding
5140 affects the initial and starting offsets, but not the argument size.
5141
5142 The second, controlled by FUNCTION_ARG_PADDING and PARM_BOUNDARY,
5143 optionally rounds the size of the parm to PARM_BOUNDARY. The
5144 initial offset is not affected by this rounding, while the size always
5145 is and the starting offset may be. */
5146
718fe406 5147/* offset_ptr will be negative for ARGS_GROW_DOWNWARD case;
6f086dfc
RS
5148 initial_offset_ptr is positive because locate_and_pad_parm's
5149 callers pass in the total size of args so far as
5150 initial_offset_ptr. arg_size_ptr is always positive.*/
5151
6f086dfc
RS
5152void
5153locate_and_pad_parm (passed_mode, type, in_regs, fndecl,
4fc026cd 5154 initial_offset_ptr, offset_ptr, arg_size_ptr,
718fe406 5155 alignment_pad)
6f086dfc
RS
5156 enum machine_mode passed_mode;
5157 tree type;
57bed152 5158 int in_regs ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
91813b28 5159 tree fndecl ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6f086dfc
RS
5160 struct args_size *initial_offset_ptr;
5161 struct args_size *offset_ptr;
5162 struct args_size *arg_size_ptr;
4fc026cd
CM
5163 struct args_size *alignment_pad;
5164
6f086dfc
RS
5165{
5166 tree sizetree
5167 = type ? size_in_bytes (type) : size_int (GET_MODE_SIZE (passed_mode));
5168 enum direction where_pad = FUNCTION_ARG_PADDING (passed_mode, type);
5169 int boundary = FUNCTION_ARG_BOUNDARY (passed_mode, type);
6f086dfc
RS
5170
5171#ifdef REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE
5172 /* If we have found a stack parm before we reach the end of the
5173 area reserved for registers, skip that area. */
5174 if (! in_regs)
5175 {
29a82058
JL
5176 int reg_parm_stack_space = 0;
5177
29008b51
JW
5178#ifdef MAYBE_REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE
5179 reg_parm_stack_space = MAYBE_REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE;
5180#else
6f086dfc 5181 reg_parm_stack_space = REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE (fndecl);
29008b51 5182#endif
6f086dfc
RS
5183 if (reg_parm_stack_space > 0)
5184 {
5185 if (initial_offset_ptr->var)
5186 {
5187 initial_offset_ptr->var
5188 = size_binop (MAX_EXPR, ARGS_SIZE_TREE (*initial_offset_ptr),
fed3cef0 5189 ssize_int (reg_parm_stack_space));
6f086dfc
RS
5190 initial_offset_ptr->constant = 0;
5191 }
5192 else if (initial_offset_ptr->constant < reg_parm_stack_space)
5193 initial_offset_ptr->constant = reg_parm_stack_space;
5194 }
5195 }
5196#endif /* REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE */
5197
5198 arg_size_ptr->var = 0;
5199 arg_size_ptr->constant = 0;
23ccfa6d
RH
5200 alignment_pad->var = 0;
5201 alignment_pad->constant = 0;
6f086dfc
RS
5202
5203#ifdef ARGS_GROW_DOWNWARD
5204 if (initial_offset_ptr->var)
5205 {
5206 offset_ptr->constant = 0;
fed3cef0 5207 offset_ptr->var = size_binop (MINUS_EXPR, ssize_int (0),
6f086dfc
RS
5208 initial_offset_ptr->var);
5209 }
5210 else
5211 {
718fe406 5212 offset_ptr->constant = -initial_offset_ptr->constant;
6f086dfc
RS
5213 offset_ptr->var = 0;
5214 }
0b21dcf5 5215 if (where_pad != none
1468899d
RK
5216 && (!host_integerp (sizetree, 1)
5217 || (tree_low_cst (sizetree, 1) * BITS_PER_UNIT) % PARM_BOUNDARY))
6f086dfc
RS
5218 sizetree = round_up (sizetree, PARM_BOUNDARY / BITS_PER_UNIT);
5219 SUB_PARM_SIZE (*offset_ptr, sizetree);
66bcbe19 5220 if (where_pad != downward)
4fc026cd 5221 pad_to_arg_alignment (offset_ptr, boundary, alignment_pad);
6f086dfc 5222 if (initial_offset_ptr->var)
fed3cef0
RK
5223 arg_size_ptr->var = size_binop (MINUS_EXPR,
5224 size_binop (MINUS_EXPR,
5225 ssize_int (0),
5226 initial_offset_ptr->var),
5227 offset_ptr->var);
5228
6f086dfc 5229 else
718fe406
KH
5230 arg_size_ptr->constant = (-initial_offset_ptr->constant
5231 - offset_ptr->constant);
fed3cef0 5232
6f086dfc 5233#else /* !ARGS_GROW_DOWNWARD */
832ea3b3
FS
5234 if (!in_regs
5235#ifdef REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE
5236 || REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE (fndecl) > 0
5237#endif
5238 )
5239 pad_to_arg_alignment (initial_offset_ptr, boundary, alignment_pad);
6f086dfc 5240 *offset_ptr = *initial_offset_ptr;
6f086dfc
RS
5241
5242#ifdef PUSH_ROUNDING
5243 if (passed_mode != BLKmode)
5244 sizetree = size_int (PUSH_ROUNDING (TREE_INT_CST_LOW (sizetree)));
5245#endif
5246
d4b0a7a0
DE
5247 /* Pad_below needs the pre-rounded size to know how much to pad below
5248 so this must be done before rounding up. */
ea5917da
DE
5249 if (where_pad == downward
5250 /* However, BLKmode args passed in regs have their padding done elsewhere.
5251 The stack slot must be able to hold the entire register. */
5252 && !(in_regs && passed_mode == BLKmode))
dc56ceb7 5253 pad_below (offset_ptr, passed_mode, sizetree);
d4b0a7a0 5254
6f086dfc 5255 if (where_pad != none
1468899d
RK
5256 && (!host_integerp (sizetree, 1)
5257 || (tree_low_cst (sizetree, 1) * BITS_PER_UNIT) % PARM_BOUNDARY))
6f086dfc
RS
5258 sizetree = round_up (sizetree, PARM_BOUNDARY / BITS_PER_UNIT);
5259
5260 ADD_PARM_SIZE (*arg_size_ptr, sizetree);
5261#endif /* ARGS_GROW_DOWNWARD */
5262}
5263
e16c591a
RS
5264/* Round the stack offset in *OFFSET_PTR up to a multiple of BOUNDARY.
5265 BOUNDARY is measured in bits, but must be a multiple of a storage unit. */
5266
6f086dfc 5267static void
4fc026cd 5268pad_to_arg_alignment (offset_ptr, boundary, alignment_pad)
6f086dfc
RS
5269 struct args_size *offset_ptr;
5270 int boundary;
4fc026cd 5271 struct args_size *alignment_pad;
6f086dfc 5272{
a544cfd2
KG
5273 tree save_var = NULL_TREE;
5274 HOST_WIDE_INT save_constant = 0;
4fc026cd 5275
6f086dfc 5276 int boundary_in_bytes = boundary / BITS_PER_UNIT;
718fe406 5277
9399d5c6 5278 if (boundary > PARM_BOUNDARY && boundary > STACK_BOUNDARY)
4fc026cd
CM
5279 {
5280 save_var = offset_ptr->var;
5281 save_constant = offset_ptr->constant;
5282 }
5283
5284 alignment_pad->var = NULL_TREE;
5285 alignment_pad->constant = 0;
4fc026cd 5286
6f086dfc
RS
5287 if (boundary > BITS_PER_UNIT)
5288 {
5289 if (offset_ptr->var)
5290 {
718fe406 5291 offset_ptr->var =
6f086dfc 5292#ifdef ARGS_GROW_DOWNWARD
718fe406 5293 round_down
6f086dfc
RS
5294#else
5295 round_up
5296#endif
5297 (ARGS_SIZE_TREE (*offset_ptr),
5298 boundary / BITS_PER_UNIT);
5299 offset_ptr->constant = 0; /*?*/
9399d5c6 5300 if (boundary > PARM_BOUNDARY && boundary > STACK_BOUNDARY)
fed3cef0
RK
5301 alignment_pad->var = size_binop (MINUS_EXPR, offset_ptr->var,
5302 save_var);
6f086dfc
RS
5303 }
5304 else
718fe406 5305 {
fbb57b2a 5306 offset_ptr->constant =
6f086dfc 5307#ifdef ARGS_GROW_DOWNWARD
fbb57b2a 5308 FLOOR_ROUND (offset_ptr->constant, boundary_in_bytes);
6f086dfc 5309#else
fbb57b2a 5310 CEIL_ROUND (offset_ptr->constant, boundary_in_bytes);
6f086dfc 5311#endif
718fe406
KH
5312 if (boundary > PARM_BOUNDARY && boundary > STACK_BOUNDARY)
5313 alignment_pad->constant = offset_ptr->constant - save_constant;
5314 }
6f086dfc
RS
5315 }
5316}
5317
51723711 5318#ifndef ARGS_GROW_DOWNWARD
6f086dfc
RS
5319static void
5320pad_below (offset_ptr, passed_mode, sizetree)
5321 struct args_size *offset_ptr;
5322 enum machine_mode passed_mode;
5323 tree sizetree;
5324{
5325 if (passed_mode != BLKmode)
5326 {
5327 if (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (passed_mode) % PARM_BOUNDARY)
5328 offset_ptr->constant
5329 += (((GET_MODE_BITSIZE (passed_mode) + PARM_BOUNDARY - 1)
5330 / PARM_BOUNDARY * PARM_BOUNDARY / BITS_PER_UNIT)
5331 - GET_MODE_SIZE (passed_mode));
5332 }
5333 else
5334 {
5335 if (TREE_CODE (sizetree) != INTEGER_CST
5336 || (TREE_INT_CST_LOW (sizetree) * BITS_PER_UNIT) % PARM_BOUNDARY)
5337 {
5338 /* Round the size up to multiple of PARM_BOUNDARY bits. */
5339 tree s2 = round_up (sizetree, PARM_BOUNDARY / BITS_PER_UNIT);
5340 /* Add it in. */
5341 ADD_PARM_SIZE (*offset_ptr, s2);
5342 SUB_PARM_SIZE (*offset_ptr, sizetree);
5343 }
5344 }
5345}
51723711 5346#endif
6f086dfc
RS
5347\f
5348/* Walk the tree of blocks describing the binding levels within a function
5349 and warn about uninitialized variables.
5350 This is done after calling flow_analysis and before global_alloc
5351 clobbers the pseudo-regs to hard regs. */
5352
5353void
5354uninitialized_vars_warning (block)
5355 tree block;
5356{
b3694847 5357 tree decl, sub;
6f086dfc
RS
5358 for (decl = BLOCK_VARS (block); decl; decl = TREE_CHAIN (decl))
5359 {
8fbe1035
ML
5360 if (warn_uninitialized
5361 && TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL
6f086dfc
RS
5362 /* These warnings are unreliable for and aggregates
5363 because assigning the fields one by one can fail to convince
5364 flow.c that the entire aggregate was initialized.
5365 Unions are troublesome because members may be shorter. */
05e3bdb9 5366 && ! AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (decl))
6f086dfc
RS
5367 && DECL_RTL (decl) != 0
5368 && GET_CODE (DECL_RTL (decl)) == REG
6acdd0fd
JL
5369 /* Global optimizations can make it difficult to determine if a
5370 particular variable has been initialized. However, a VAR_DECL
5371 with a nonzero DECL_INITIAL had an initializer, so do not
5372 claim it is potentially uninitialized.
5373
5374 We do not care about the actual value in DECL_INITIAL, so we do
5375 not worry that it may be a dangling pointer. */
5376 && DECL_INITIAL (decl) == NULL_TREE
6f086dfc
RS
5377 && regno_uninitialized (REGNO (DECL_RTL (decl))))
5378 warning_with_decl (decl,
3c8cd8bd 5379 "`%s' might be used uninitialized in this function");
8fbe1035
ML
5380 if (extra_warnings
5381 && TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL
6f086dfc
RS
5382 && DECL_RTL (decl) != 0
5383 && GET_CODE (DECL_RTL (decl)) == REG
5384 && regno_clobbered_at_setjmp (REGNO (DECL_RTL (decl))))
5385 warning_with_decl (decl,
3c8cd8bd 5386 "variable `%s' might be clobbered by `longjmp' or `vfork'");
6f086dfc
RS
5387 }
5388 for (sub = BLOCK_SUBBLOCKS (block); sub; sub = TREE_CHAIN (sub))
5389 uninitialized_vars_warning (sub);
5390}
5391
5392/* Do the appropriate part of uninitialized_vars_warning
5393 but for arguments instead of local variables. */
5394
5395void
0cd6ef35 5396setjmp_args_warning ()
6f086dfc 5397{
b3694847 5398 tree decl;
6f086dfc
RS
5399 for (decl = DECL_ARGUMENTS (current_function_decl);
5400 decl; decl = TREE_CHAIN (decl))
5401 if (DECL_RTL (decl) != 0
5402 && GET_CODE (DECL_RTL (decl)) == REG
5403 && regno_clobbered_at_setjmp (REGNO (DECL_RTL (decl))))
718fe406
KH
5404 warning_with_decl (decl,
5405 "argument `%s' might be clobbered by `longjmp' or `vfork'");
6f086dfc
RS
5406}
5407
5408/* If this function call setjmp, put all vars into the stack
5409 unless they were declared `register'. */
5410
5411void
5412setjmp_protect (block)
5413 tree block;
5414{
b3694847 5415 tree decl, sub;
6f086dfc
RS
5416 for (decl = BLOCK_VARS (block); decl; decl = TREE_CHAIN (decl))
5417 if ((TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL
5418 || TREE_CODE (decl) == PARM_DECL)
5419 && DECL_RTL (decl) != 0
e9a25f70
JL
5420 && (GET_CODE (DECL_RTL (decl)) == REG
5421 || (GET_CODE (DECL_RTL (decl)) == MEM
5422 && GET_CODE (XEXP (DECL_RTL (decl), 0)) == ADDRESSOF))
b335c2cc 5423 /* If this variable came from an inline function, it must be
9ec36da5 5424 that its life doesn't overlap the setjmp. If there was a
b335c2cc
TW
5425 setjmp in the function, it would already be in memory. We
5426 must exclude such variable because their DECL_RTL might be
5427 set to strange things such as virtual_stack_vars_rtx. */
5428 && ! DECL_FROM_INLINE (decl)
6f086dfc
RS
5429 && (
5430#ifdef NON_SAVING_SETJMP
5431 /* If longjmp doesn't restore the registers,
5432 don't put anything in them. */
5433 NON_SAVING_SETJMP
5434 ||
5435#endif
a82ad570 5436 ! DECL_REGISTER (decl)))
6f086dfc
RS
5437 put_var_into_stack (decl);
5438 for (sub = BLOCK_SUBBLOCKS (block); sub; sub = TREE_CHAIN (sub))
5439 setjmp_protect (sub);
5440}
5441\f
5442/* Like the previous function, but for args instead of local variables. */
5443
5444void
5445setjmp_protect_args ()
5446{
b3694847 5447 tree decl;
6f086dfc
RS
5448 for (decl = DECL_ARGUMENTS (current_function_decl);
5449 decl; decl = TREE_CHAIN (decl))
5450 if ((TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL
5451 || TREE_CODE (decl) == PARM_DECL)
5452 && DECL_RTL (decl) != 0
e9a25f70
JL
5453 && (GET_CODE (DECL_RTL (decl)) == REG
5454 || (GET_CODE (DECL_RTL (decl)) == MEM
5455 && GET_CODE (XEXP (DECL_RTL (decl), 0)) == ADDRESSOF))
6f086dfc
RS
5456 && (
5457 /* If longjmp doesn't restore the registers,
5458 don't put anything in them. */
5459#ifdef NON_SAVING_SETJMP
5460 NON_SAVING_SETJMP
5461 ||
5462#endif
a82ad570 5463 ! DECL_REGISTER (decl)))
6f086dfc
RS
5464 put_var_into_stack (decl);
5465}
5466\f
5467/* Return the context-pointer register corresponding to DECL,
5468 or 0 if it does not need one. */
5469
5470rtx
5471lookup_static_chain (decl)
5472 tree decl;
5473{
b001a02f
PB
5474 tree context = decl_function_context (decl);
5475 tree link;
7ad8c4bf 5476
38ee6ed9
JM
5477 if (context == 0
5478 || (TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL && DECL_NO_STATIC_CHAIN (decl)))
7ad8c4bf 5479 return 0;
38ee6ed9 5480
6f086dfc
RS
5481 /* We treat inline_function_decl as an alias for the current function
5482 because that is the inline function whose vars, types, etc.
5483 are being merged into the current function.
5484 See expand_inline_function. */
5485 if (context == current_function_decl || context == inline_function_decl)
5486 return virtual_stack_vars_rtx;
5487
5488 for (link = context_display; link; link = TREE_CHAIN (link))
5489 if (TREE_PURPOSE (link) == context)
5490 return RTL_EXPR_RTL (TREE_VALUE (link));
5491
5492 abort ();
5493}
5494\f
5495/* Convert a stack slot address ADDR for variable VAR
5496 (from a containing function)
5497 into an address valid in this function (using a static chain). */
5498
5499rtx
5500fix_lexical_addr (addr, var)
5501 rtx addr;
5502 tree var;
5503{
5504 rtx basereg;
e5e809f4 5505 HOST_WIDE_INT displacement;
6f086dfc
RS
5506 tree context = decl_function_context (var);
5507 struct function *fp;
5508 rtx base = 0;
5509
5510 /* If this is the present function, we need not do anything. */
5511 if (context == current_function_decl || context == inline_function_decl)
5512 return addr;
5513
eb3ae3e1 5514 fp = find_function_data (context);
6f086dfc 5515
e9a25f70
JL
5516 if (GET_CODE (addr) == ADDRESSOF && GET_CODE (XEXP (addr, 0)) == MEM)
5517 addr = XEXP (XEXP (addr, 0), 0);
5518
6f086dfc
RS
5519 /* Decode given address as base reg plus displacement. */
5520 if (GET_CODE (addr) == REG)
5521 basereg = addr, displacement = 0;
5522 else if (GET_CODE (addr) == PLUS && GET_CODE (XEXP (addr, 1)) == CONST_INT)
5523 basereg = XEXP (addr, 0), displacement = INTVAL (XEXP (addr, 1));
5524 else
5525 abort ();
5526
5527 /* We accept vars reached via the containing function's
5528 incoming arg pointer and via its stack variables pointer. */
5529 if (basereg == fp->internal_arg_pointer)
5530 {
5531 /* If reached via arg pointer, get the arg pointer value
5532 out of that function's stack frame.
5533
5534 There are two cases: If a separate ap is needed, allocate a
5535 slot in the outer function for it and dereference it that way.
5536 This is correct even if the real ap is actually a pseudo.
5537 Otherwise, just adjust the offset from the frame pointer to
5538 compensate. */
5539
5540#ifdef NEED_SEPARATE_AP
5541 rtx addr;
5542
278ed218
RH
5543 addr = get_arg_pointer_save_area (fp);
5544 addr = fix_lexical_addr (XEXP (addr, 0), var);
6f086dfc
RS
5545 addr = memory_address (Pmode, addr);
5546
3bdf5ad1 5547 base = gen_rtx_MEM (Pmode, addr);
6a1d250e 5548 set_mem_alias_set (base, get_frame_alias_set ());
3bdf5ad1 5549 base = copy_to_reg (base);
6f086dfc
RS
5550#else
5551 displacement += (FIRST_PARM_OFFSET (context) - STARTING_FRAME_OFFSET);
86f8eff3 5552 base = lookup_static_chain (var);
6f086dfc
RS
5553#endif
5554 }
5555
5556 else if (basereg == virtual_stack_vars_rtx)
5557 {
5558 /* This is the same code as lookup_static_chain, duplicated here to
5559 avoid an extra call to decl_function_context. */
5560 tree link;
5561
5562 for (link = context_display; link; link = TREE_CHAIN (link))
5563 if (TREE_PURPOSE (link) == context)
5564 {
5565 base = RTL_EXPR_RTL (TREE_VALUE (link));
5566 break;
5567 }
5568 }
5569
5570 if (base == 0)
5571 abort ();
5572
5573 /* Use same offset, relative to appropriate static chain or argument
5574 pointer. */
5575 return plus_constant (base, displacement);
5576}
5577\f
5578/* Return the address of the trampoline for entering nested fn FUNCTION.
5579 If necessary, allocate a trampoline (in the stack frame)
5580 and emit rtl to initialize its contents (at entry to this function). */
5581
5582rtx
5583trampoline_address (function)
5584 tree function;
5585{
5586 tree link;
5587 tree rtlexp;
5588 rtx tramp;
5589 struct function *fp;
5590 tree fn_context;
5591
5592 /* Find an existing trampoline and return it. */
5593 for (link = trampoline_list; link; link = TREE_CHAIN (link))
5594 if (TREE_PURPOSE (link) == function)
e87ee2a9 5595 return
b33493e3 5596 adjust_trampoline_addr (XEXP (RTL_EXPR_RTL (TREE_VALUE (link)), 0));
e87ee2a9 5597
eb3ae3e1 5598 for (fp = outer_function_chain; fp; fp = fp->outer)
49ad7cfa 5599 for (link = fp->x_trampoline_list; link; link = TREE_CHAIN (link))
6f086dfc
RS
5600 if (TREE_PURPOSE (link) == function)
5601 {
5602 tramp = fix_lexical_addr (XEXP (RTL_EXPR_RTL (TREE_VALUE (link)), 0),
5603 function);
b33493e3 5604 return adjust_trampoline_addr (tramp);
6f086dfc
RS
5605 }
5606
5607 /* None exists; we must make one. */
5608
5609 /* Find the `struct function' for the function containing FUNCTION. */
5610 fp = 0;
5611 fn_context = decl_function_context (function);
4ac74fb8
RK
5612 if (fn_context != current_function_decl
5613 && fn_context != inline_function_decl)
eb3ae3e1 5614 fp = find_function_data (fn_context);
6f086dfc
RS
5615
5616 /* Allocate run-time space for this trampoline
5617 (usually in the defining function's stack frame). */
5618#ifdef ALLOCATE_TRAMPOLINE
5619 tramp = ALLOCATE_TRAMPOLINE (fp);
5620#else
5621 /* If rounding needed, allocate extra space
5622 to ensure we have TRAMPOLINE_SIZE bytes left after rounding up. */
5623#ifdef TRAMPOLINE_ALIGNMENT
b02ab63a
RK
5624#define TRAMPOLINE_REAL_SIZE \
5625 (TRAMPOLINE_SIZE + (TRAMPOLINE_ALIGNMENT / BITS_PER_UNIT) - 1)
6f086dfc
RS
5626#else
5627#define TRAMPOLINE_REAL_SIZE (TRAMPOLINE_SIZE)
5628#endif
e2ecd91c 5629 tramp = assign_stack_local_1 (BLKmode, TRAMPOLINE_REAL_SIZE, 0,
01d939e8 5630 fp ? fp : cfun);
6f086dfc
RS
5631#endif
5632
5633 /* Record the trampoline for reuse and note it for later initialization
5634 by expand_function_end. */
5635 if (fp != 0)
5636 {
6f086dfc
RS
5637 rtlexp = make_node (RTL_EXPR);
5638 RTL_EXPR_RTL (rtlexp) = tramp;
49ad7cfa
BS
5639 fp->x_trampoline_list = tree_cons (function, rtlexp,
5640 fp->x_trampoline_list);
6f086dfc
RS
5641 }
5642 else
5643 {
5644 /* Make the RTL_EXPR node temporary, not momentary, so that the
5645 trampoline_list doesn't become garbage. */
6f086dfc 5646 rtlexp = make_node (RTL_EXPR);
6f086dfc
RS
5647
5648 RTL_EXPR_RTL (rtlexp) = tramp;
5649 trampoline_list = tree_cons (function, rtlexp, trampoline_list);
5650 }
5651
5652 tramp = fix_lexical_addr (XEXP (tramp, 0), function);
b33493e3 5653 return adjust_trampoline_addr (tramp);
6f086dfc
RS
5654}
5655
5656/* Given a trampoline address,
5657 round it to multiple of TRAMPOLINE_ALIGNMENT. */
5658
5659static rtx
5660round_trampoline_addr (tramp)
5661 rtx tramp;
5662{
5663#ifdef TRAMPOLINE_ALIGNMENT
5664 /* Round address up to desired boundary. */
5665 rtx temp = gen_reg_rtx (Pmode);
ef89d648
ZW
5666 rtx addend = GEN_INT (TRAMPOLINE_ALIGNMENT / BITS_PER_UNIT - 1);
5667 rtx mask = GEN_INT (-TRAMPOLINE_ALIGNMENT / BITS_PER_UNIT);
5668
5669 temp = expand_simple_binop (Pmode, PLUS, tramp, addend,
5670 temp, 0, OPTAB_LIB_WIDEN);
5671 tramp = expand_simple_binop (Pmode, AND, temp, mask,
5672 temp, 0, OPTAB_LIB_WIDEN);
6f086dfc
RS
5673#endif
5674 return tramp;
5675}
b33493e3
AO
5676
5677/* Given a trampoline address, round it then apply any
5678 platform-specific adjustments so that the result can be used for a
30f7a378 5679 function call . */
b33493e3
AO
5680
5681static rtx
5682adjust_trampoline_addr (tramp)
5683 rtx tramp;
5684{
5685 tramp = round_trampoline_addr (tramp);
5686#ifdef TRAMPOLINE_ADJUST_ADDRESS
5687 TRAMPOLINE_ADJUST_ADDRESS (tramp);
5688#endif
5689 return tramp;
5690}
6f086dfc 5691\f
b2a59b15
MS
5692/* Put all this function's BLOCK nodes including those that are chained
5693 onto the first block into a vector, and return it.
467456d0
RS
5694 Also store in each NOTE for the beginning or end of a block
5695 the index of that block in the vector.
b2a59b15 5696 The arguments are BLOCK, the chain of top-level blocks of the function,
467456d0
RS
5697 and INSNS, the insn chain of the function. */
5698
1a4450c7 5699void
116eebd6 5700identify_blocks ()
467456d0 5701{
fc289cd1 5702 int n_blocks;
0a1c58a2 5703 tree *block_vector, *last_block_vector;
1a4450c7 5704 tree *block_stack;
116eebd6 5705 tree block = DECL_INITIAL (current_function_decl);
467456d0 5706
b2a59b15 5707 if (block == 0)
1a4450c7 5708 return;
fc289cd1 5709
1a4450c7
MM
5710 /* Fill the BLOCK_VECTOR with all of the BLOCKs in this function, in
5711 depth-first order. */
18c038b9 5712 block_vector = get_block_vector (block, &n_blocks);
4da896b2 5713 block_stack = (tree *) xmalloc (n_blocks * sizeof (tree));
1a4450c7 5714
718fe406 5715 last_block_vector = identify_blocks_1 (get_insns (),
116eebd6 5716 block_vector + 1,
718fe406 5717 block_vector + n_blocks,
116eebd6 5718 block_stack);
0a1c58a2
JL
5719
5720 /* If we didn't use all of the subblocks, we've misplaced block notes. */
a84efb51
JO
5721 /* ??? This appears to happen all the time. Latent bugs elsewhere? */
5722 if (0 && last_block_vector != block_vector + n_blocks)
0a1c58a2
JL
5723 abort ();
5724
5725 free (block_vector);
5726 free (block_stack);
5727}
5728
5729/* Subroutine of identify_blocks. Do the block substitution on the
5730 insn chain beginning with INSNS. Recurse for CALL_PLACEHOLDER chains.
5731
5732 BLOCK_STACK is pushed and popped for each BLOCK_BEGIN/BLOCK_END pair.
5733 BLOCK_VECTOR is incremented for each block seen. */
5734
5735static tree *
5736identify_blocks_1 (insns, block_vector, end_block_vector, orig_block_stack)
5737 rtx insns;
5738 tree *block_vector;
5739 tree *end_block_vector;
5740 tree *orig_block_stack;
5741{
5742 rtx insn;
5743 tree *block_stack = orig_block_stack;
5744
467456d0 5745 for (insn = insns; insn; insn = NEXT_INSN (insn))
0a1c58a2
JL
5746 {
5747 if (GET_CODE (insn) == NOTE)
5748 {
5749 if (NOTE_LINE_NUMBER (insn) == NOTE_INSN_BLOCK_BEG)
5750 {
5751 tree b;
1a4450c7 5752
0a1c58a2
JL
5753 /* If there are more block notes than BLOCKs, something
5754 is badly wrong. */
5755 if (block_vector == end_block_vector)
5756 abort ();
e6fd097e 5757
0a1c58a2
JL
5758 b = *block_vector++;
5759 NOTE_BLOCK (insn) = b;
5760 *block_stack++ = b;
5761 }
5762 else if (NOTE_LINE_NUMBER (insn) == NOTE_INSN_BLOCK_END)
5763 {
5764 /* If there are more NOTE_INSN_BLOCK_ENDs than
5765 NOTE_INSN_BLOCK_BEGs, something is badly wrong. */
5766 if (block_stack == orig_block_stack)
5767 abort ();
e6fd097e 5768
0a1c58a2
JL
5769 NOTE_BLOCK (insn) = *--block_stack;
5770 }
718fe406 5771 }
0a1c58a2
JL
5772 else if (GET_CODE (insn) == CALL_INSN
5773 && GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == CALL_PLACEHOLDER)
5774 {
5775 rtx cp = PATTERN (insn);
5776
718fe406
KH
5777 block_vector = identify_blocks_1 (XEXP (cp, 0), block_vector,
5778 end_block_vector, block_stack);
0a1c58a2
JL
5779 if (XEXP (cp, 1))
5780 block_vector = identify_blocks_1 (XEXP (cp, 1), block_vector,
5781 end_block_vector, block_stack);
5782 if (XEXP (cp, 2))
5783 block_vector = identify_blocks_1 (XEXP (cp, 2), block_vector,
5784 end_block_vector, block_stack);
5785 }
5786 }
467456d0 5787
0a1c58a2
JL
5788 /* If there are more NOTE_INSN_BLOCK_BEGINs than NOTE_INSN_BLOCK_ENDs,
5789 something is badly wrong. */
5790 if (block_stack != orig_block_stack)
5791 abort ();
5792
5793 return block_vector;
467456d0
RS
5794}
5795
a20612aa
RH
5796/* Identify BLOCKs referenced by more than one NOTE_INSN_BLOCK_{BEG,END},
5797 and create duplicate blocks. */
5798/* ??? Need an option to either create block fragments or to create
5799 abstract origin duplicates of a source block. It really depends
5800 on what optimization has been performed. */
467456d0 5801
116eebd6
MM
5802void
5803reorder_blocks ()
467456d0 5804{
116eebd6 5805 tree block = DECL_INITIAL (current_function_decl);
18c038b9 5806 varray_type block_stack;
467456d0 5807
1a4450c7 5808 if (block == NULL_TREE)
116eebd6 5809 return;
fc289cd1 5810
18c038b9
MM
5811 VARRAY_TREE_INIT (block_stack, 10, "block_stack");
5812
a20612aa
RH
5813 /* Reset the TREE_ASM_WRITTEN bit for all blocks. */
5814 reorder_blocks_0 (block);
5815
116eebd6
MM
5816 /* Prune the old trees away, so that they don't get in the way. */
5817 BLOCK_SUBBLOCKS (block) = NULL_TREE;
5818 BLOCK_CHAIN (block) = NULL_TREE;
fc289cd1 5819
a20612aa 5820 /* Recreate the block tree from the note nesting. */
116eebd6 5821 reorder_blocks_1 (get_insns (), block, &block_stack);
718fe406 5822 BLOCK_SUBBLOCKS (block) = blocks_nreverse (BLOCK_SUBBLOCKS (block));
18c038b9 5823
a20612aa
RH
5824 /* Remove deleted blocks from the block fragment chains. */
5825 reorder_fix_fragments (block);
5826
18c038b9 5827 VARRAY_FREE (block_stack);
467456d0
RS
5828}
5829
a20612aa 5830/* Helper function for reorder_blocks. Reset TREE_ASM_WRITTEN. */
0a1c58a2 5831
cc1fe44f 5832static void
a20612aa
RH
5833reorder_blocks_0 (block)
5834 tree block;
cc1fe44f 5835{
a20612aa 5836 while (block)
cc1fe44f 5837 {
a20612aa
RH
5838 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (block) = 0;
5839 reorder_blocks_0 (BLOCK_SUBBLOCKS (block));
5840 block = BLOCK_CHAIN (block);
cc1fe44f
DD
5841 }
5842}
5843
0a1c58a2
JL
5844static void
5845reorder_blocks_1 (insns, current_block, p_block_stack)
5846 rtx insns;
5847 tree current_block;
5848 varray_type *p_block_stack;
5849{
5850 rtx insn;
5851
5852 for (insn = insns; insn; insn = NEXT_INSN (insn))
5853 {
5854 if (GET_CODE (insn) == NOTE)
5855 {
5856 if (NOTE_LINE_NUMBER (insn) == NOTE_INSN_BLOCK_BEG)
5857 {
5858 tree block = NOTE_BLOCK (insn);
a20612aa
RH
5859
5860 /* If we have seen this block before, that means it now
5861 spans multiple address regions. Create a new fragment. */
0a1c58a2
JL
5862 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (block))
5863 {
a20612aa
RH
5864 tree new_block = copy_node (block);
5865 tree origin;
5866
5867 origin = (BLOCK_FRAGMENT_ORIGIN (block)
5868 ? BLOCK_FRAGMENT_ORIGIN (block)
5869 : block);
5870 BLOCK_FRAGMENT_ORIGIN (new_block) = origin;
5871 BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (new_block)
5872 = BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (origin);
5873 BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (origin) = new_block;
5874
5875 NOTE_BLOCK (insn) = new_block;
5876 block = new_block;
0a1c58a2 5877 }
a20612aa 5878
0a1c58a2
JL
5879 BLOCK_SUBBLOCKS (block) = 0;
5880 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (block) = 1;
718fe406 5881 BLOCK_SUPERCONTEXT (block) = current_block;
0a1c58a2
JL
5882 BLOCK_CHAIN (block) = BLOCK_SUBBLOCKS (current_block);
5883 BLOCK_SUBBLOCKS (current_block) = block;
5884 current_block = block;
5885 VARRAY_PUSH_TREE (*p_block_stack, block);
5886 }
5887 else if (NOTE_LINE_NUMBER (insn) == NOTE_INSN_BLOCK_END)
5888 {
5889 NOTE_BLOCK (insn) = VARRAY_TOP_TREE (*p_block_stack);
5890 VARRAY_POP (*p_block_stack);
5891 BLOCK_SUBBLOCKS (current_block)
5892 = blocks_nreverse (BLOCK_SUBBLOCKS (current_block));
5893 current_block = BLOCK_SUPERCONTEXT (current_block);
5894 }
5895 }
5896 else if (GET_CODE (insn) == CALL_INSN
5897 && GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == CALL_PLACEHOLDER)
5898 {
5899 rtx cp = PATTERN (insn);
5900 reorder_blocks_1 (XEXP (cp, 0), current_block, p_block_stack);
5901 if (XEXP (cp, 1))
5902 reorder_blocks_1 (XEXP (cp, 1), current_block, p_block_stack);
5903 if (XEXP (cp, 2))
5904 reorder_blocks_1 (XEXP (cp, 2), current_block, p_block_stack);
5905 }
5906 }
5907}
5908
a20612aa
RH
5909/* Rationalize BLOCK_FRAGMENT_ORIGIN. If an origin block no longer
5910 appears in the block tree, select one of the fragments to become
5911 the new origin block. */
5912
5913static void
5914reorder_fix_fragments (block)
5915 tree block;
5916{
5917 while (block)
5918 {
5919 tree dup_origin = BLOCK_FRAGMENT_ORIGIN (block);
5920 tree new_origin = NULL_TREE;
5921
5922 if (dup_origin)
5923 {
5924 if (! TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (dup_origin))
5925 {
5926 new_origin = BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (dup_origin);
5927
5928 /* Find the first of the remaining fragments. There must
5929 be at least one -- the current block. */
5930 while (! TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (new_origin))
5931 new_origin = BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (new_origin);
5932 BLOCK_FRAGMENT_ORIGIN (new_origin) = NULL_TREE;
5933 }
5934 }
5935 else if (! dup_origin)
5936 new_origin = block;
5937
5938 /* Re-root the rest of the fragments to the new origin. In the
5939 case that DUP_ORIGIN was null, that means BLOCK was the origin
5940 of a chain of fragments and we want to remove those fragments
5941 that didn't make it to the output. */
5942 if (new_origin)
5943 {
5944 tree *pp = &BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (new_origin);
5945 tree chain = *pp;
5946
5947 while (chain)
5948 {
5949 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (chain))
5950 {
5951 BLOCK_FRAGMENT_ORIGIN (chain) = new_origin;
5952 *pp = chain;
5953 pp = &BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (chain);
5954 }
5955 chain = BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (chain);
5956 }
5957 *pp = NULL_TREE;
5958 }
5959
5960 reorder_fix_fragments (BLOCK_SUBBLOCKS (block));
5961 block = BLOCK_CHAIN (block);
5962 }
5963}
5964
467456d0
RS
5965/* Reverse the order of elements in the chain T of blocks,
5966 and return the new head of the chain (old last element). */
5967
5968static tree
5969blocks_nreverse (t)
5970 tree t;
5971{
b3694847 5972 tree prev = 0, decl, next;
467456d0
RS
5973 for (decl = t; decl; decl = next)
5974 {
5975 next = BLOCK_CHAIN (decl);
5976 BLOCK_CHAIN (decl) = prev;
5977 prev = decl;
5978 }
5979 return prev;
5980}
5981
18c038b9
MM
5982/* Count the subblocks of the list starting with BLOCK. If VECTOR is
5983 non-NULL, list them all into VECTOR, in a depth-first preorder
5984 traversal of the block tree. Also clear TREE_ASM_WRITTEN in all
b2a59b15 5985 blocks. */
467456d0
RS
5986
5987static int
a84efb51
JO
5988all_blocks (block, vector)
5989 tree block;
467456d0
RS
5990 tree *vector;
5991{
b2a59b15
MS
5992 int n_blocks = 0;
5993
a84efb51
JO
5994 while (block)
5995 {
5996 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (block) = 0;
b2a59b15 5997
a84efb51
JO
5998 /* Record this block. */
5999 if (vector)
6000 vector[n_blocks] = block;
b2a59b15 6001
a84efb51 6002 ++n_blocks;
718fe406 6003
a84efb51
JO
6004 /* Record the subblocks, and their subblocks... */
6005 n_blocks += all_blocks (BLOCK_SUBBLOCKS (block),
6006 vector ? vector + n_blocks : 0);
6007 block = BLOCK_CHAIN (block);
6008 }
467456d0
RS
6009
6010 return n_blocks;
6011}
18c038b9
MM
6012
6013/* Return a vector containing all the blocks rooted at BLOCK. The
6014 number of elements in the vector is stored in N_BLOCKS_P. The
6015 vector is dynamically allocated; it is the caller's responsibility
6016 to call `free' on the pointer returned. */
718fe406 6017
18c038b9
MM
6018static tree *
6019get_block_vector (block, n_blocks_p)
6020 tree block;
6021 int *n_blocks_p;
6022{
6023 tree *block_vector;
6024
6025 *n_blocks_p = all_blocks (block, NULL);
6026 block_vector = (tree *) xmalloc (*n_blocks_p * sizeof (tree));
6027 all_blocks (block, block_vector);
6028
6029 return block_vector;
6030}
6031
6032static int next_block_index = 2;
6033
6034/* Set BLOCK_NUMBER for all the blocks in FN. */
6035
6036void
6037number_blocks (fn)
6038 tree fn;
6039{
6040 int i;
6041 int n_blocks;
6042 tree *block_vector;
6043
6044 /* For SDB and XCOFF debugging output, we start numbering the blocks
6045 from 1 within each function, rather than keeping a running
6046 count. */
6047#if defined (SDB_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (XCOFF_DEBUGGING_INFO)
b0e3a658
RK
6048 if (write_symbols == SDB_DEBUG || write_symbols == XCOFF_DEBUG)
6049 next_block_index = 1;
18c038b9
MM
6050#endif
6051
6052 block_vector = get_block_vector (DECL_INITIAL (fn), &n_blocks);
6053
6054 /* The top-level BLOCK isn't numbered at all. */
6055 for (i = 1; i < n_blocks; ++i)
6056 /* We number the blocks from two. */
6057 BLOCK_NUMBER (block_vector[i]) = next_block_index++;
6058
6059 free (block_vector);
6060
6061 return;
6062}
467456d0 6063\f
b384405b 6064/* Allocate a function structure and reset its contents to the defaults. */
7a80cf9a 6065
b384405b
BS
6066static void
6067prepare_function_start ()
6f086dfc 6068{
7a80cf9a 6069 cfun = (struct function *) ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (struct function));
e2ecd91c 6070
6f086dfc 6071 init_stmt_for_function ();
fa51b01b 6072 init_eh_for_function ();
6f086dfc
RS
6073
6074 cse_not_expected = ! optimize;
6075
6076 /* Caller save not needed yet. */
6077 caller_save_needed = 0;
6078
6079 /* No stack slots have been made yet. */
6080 stack_slot_list = 0;
6081
b384405b
BS
6082 current_function_has_nonlocal_label = 0;
6083 current_function_has_nonlocal_goto = 0;
6084
6f086dfc 6085 /* There is no stack slot for handling nonlocal gotos. */
ba716ac9 6086 nonlocal_goto_handler_slots = 0;
6f086dfc
RS
6087 nonlocal_goto_stack_level = 0;
6088
6089 /* No labels have been declared for nonlocal use. */
6090 nonlocal_labels = 0;
e881bb1b 6091 nonlocal_goto_handler_labels = 0;
6f086dfc
RS
6092
6093 /* No function calls so far in this function. */
6094 function_call_count = 0;
6095
6096 /* No parm regs have been allocated.
6097 (This is important for output_inline_function.) */
6098 max_parm_reg = LAST_VIRTUAL_REGISTER + 1;
6099
6100 /* Initialize the RTL mechanism. */
6101 init_emit ();
6102
6103 /* Initialize the queue of pending postincrement and postdecrements,
6104 and some other info in expr.c. */
6105 init_expr ();
718fe406 6106
6f086dfc
RS
6107 /* We haven't done register allocation yet. */
6108 reg_renumber = 0;
6109
01d939e8 6110 init_varasm_status (cfun);
6f086dfc 6111
e2ecd91c 6112 /* Clear out data used for inlining. */
01d939e8
BS
6113 cfun->inlinable = 0;
6114 cfun->original_decl_initial = 0;
718fe406 6115 cfun->original_arg_vector = 0;
e2ecd91c 6116
c487e484 6117 cfun->stack_alignment_needed = STACK_BOUNDARY;
c2f8b491 6118 cfun->preferred_stack_boundary = STACK_BOUNDARY;
a0871656 6119
6f086dfc
RS
6120 /* Set if a call to setjmp is seen. */
6121 current_function_calls_setjmp = 0;
6122
6123 /* Set if a call to longjmp is seen. */
6124 current_function_calls_longjmp = 0;
6125
6126 current_function_calls_alloca = 0;
6f086dfc 6127 current_function_contains_functions = 0;
54ff41b7 6128 current_function_is_leaf = 0;
fb13d4d0 6129 current_function_nothrow = 0;
fdb8a883 6130 current_function_sp_is_unchanging = 0;
54ff41b7 6131 current_function_uses_only_leaf_regs = 0;
acd693d1 6132 current_function_has_computed_jump = 0;
173cd503 6133 current_function_is_thunk = 0;
6f086dfc
RS
6134
6135 current_function_returns_pcc_struct = 0;
6136 current_function_returns_struct = 0;
6137 current_function_epilogue_delay_list = 0;
6138 current_function_uses_const_pool = 0;
6139 current_function_uses_pic_offset_table = 0;
aeb302bb 6140 current_function_cannot_inline = 0;
6f086dfc
RS
6141
6142 /* We have not yet needed to make a label to jump to for tail-recursion. */
6143 tail_recursion_label = 0;
6144
6145 /* We haven't had a need to make a save area for ap yet. */
6f086dfc
RS
6146 arg_pointer_save_area = 0;
6147
6148 /* No stack slots allocated yet. */
6149 frame_offset = 0;
6150
6151 /* No SAVE_EXPRs in this function yet. */
6152 save_expr_regs = 0;
6153
6154 /* No RTL_EXPRs in this function yet. */
6155 rtl_expr_chain = 0;
6156
bc0ebdf9
RK
6157 /* Set up to allocate temporaries. */
6158 init_temp_slots ();
6f086dfc 6159
b384405b
BS
6160 /* Indicate that we need to distinguish between the return value of the
6161 present function and the return value of a function being called. */
6162 rtx_equal_function_value_matters = 1;
6163
6164 /* Indicate that we have not instantiated virtual registers yet. */
6165 virtuals_instantiated = 0;
6166
1b3d8f8a
GK
6167 /* Indicate that we want CONCATs now. */
6168 generating_concat_p = 1;
6169
b384405b
BS
6170 /* Indicate we have no need of a frame pointer yet. */
6171 frame_pointer_needed = 0;
6172
6173 /* By default assume not varargs or stdarg. */
6174 current_function_varargs = 0;
6175 current_function_stdarg = 0;
6f086dfc 6176
d9a98e1a
RK
6177 /* We haven't made any trampolines for this function yet. */
6178 trampoline_list = 0;
6179
6f086dfc
RS
6180 init_pending_stack_adjust ();
6181 inhibit_defer_pop = 0;
6182
6183 current_function_outgoing_args_size = 0;
36edd3cc 6184
0a8a198c 6185 if (init_lang_status)
01d939e8 6186 (*init_lang_status) (cfun);
36edd3cc 6187 if (init_machine_status)
01d939e8 6188 (*init_machine_status) (cfun);
b384405b
BS
6189}
6190
6191/* Initialize the rtl expansion mechanism so that we can do simple things
6192 like generate sequences. This is used to provide a context during global
6193 initialization of some passes. */
6194void
6195init_dummy_function_start ()
6196{
6197 prepare_function_start ();
6198}
6199
6200/* Generate RTL for the start of the function SUBR (a FUNCTION_DECL tree node)
6201 and initialize static variables for generating RTL for the statements
6202 of the function. */
6203
6204void
6205init_function_start (subr, filename, line)
6206 tree subr;
36244024 6207 const char *filename;
b384405b
BS
6208 int line;
6209{
6210 prepare_function_start ();
6211
b384405b 6212 current_function_name = (*decl_printable_name) (subr, 2);
01d939e8 6213 cfun->decl = subr;
b384405b
BS
6214
6215 /* Nonzero if this is a nested function that uses a static chain. */
6216
6217 current_function_needs_context
6218 = (decl_function_context (current_function_decl) != 0
6219 && ! DECL_NO_STATIC_CHAIN (current_function_decl));
6220
6221 /* Within function body, compute a type's size as soon it is laid out. */
6222 immediate_size_expand++;
6f086dfc 6223
6f086dfc 6224 /* Prevent ever trying to delete the first instruction of a function.
b274104c 6225 Also tell final how to output a linenum before the function prologue.
718fe406 6226 Note linenums could be missing, e.g. when compiling a Java .class file. */
b274104c
PB
6227 if (line > 0)
6228 emit_line_note (filename, line);
6f086dfc
RS
6229
6230 /* Make sure first insn is a note even if we don't want linenums.
6231 This makes sure the first insn will never be deleted.
6232 Also, final expects a note to appear there. */
6496a589 6233 emit_note (NULL, NOTE_INSN_DELETED);
6f086dfc
RS
6234
6235 /* Set flags used by final.c. */
6236 if (aggregate_value_p (DECL_RESULT (subr)))
6237 {
6238#ifdef PCC_STATIC_STRUCT_RETURN
1b8297c1 6239 current_function_returns_pcc_struct = 1;
6f086dfc 6240#endif
1b8297c1 6241 current_function_returns_struct = 1;
6f086dfc
RS
6242 }
6243
6244 /* Warn if this value is an aggregate type,
6245 regardless of which calling convention we are using for it. */
6246 if (warn_aggregate_return
05e3bdb9 6247 && AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (DECL_RESULT (subr))))
6f086dfc
RS
6248 warning ("function returns an aggregate");
6249
6250 current_function_returns_pointer
8eda074c 6251 = POINTER_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (DECL_RESULT (subr)));
49ad7cfa 6252}
5c7675e9 6253
49ad7cfa
BS
6254/* Make sure all values used by the optimization passes have sane
6255 defaults. */
6256void
6257init_function_for_compilation ()
6258{
6259 reg_renumber = 0;
0a1c58a2 6260
5c7675e9 6261 /* No prologue/epilogue insns yet. */
0a1c58a2
JL
6262 VARRAY_GROW (prologue, 0);
6263 VARRAY_GROW (epilogue, 0);
6264 VARRAY_GROW (sibcall_epilogue, 0);
6f086dfc
RS
6265}
6266
6267/* Indicate that the current function uses extra args
6268 not explicitly mentioned in the argument list in any fashion. */
6269
6270void
6271mark_varargs ()
6272{
6273 current_function_varargs = 1;
6274}
6275
6276/* Expand a call to __main at the beginning of a possible main function. */
6277
e2fd1d94
JM
6278#if defined(INIT_SECTION_ASM_OP) && !defined(INVOKE__main)
6279#undef HAS_INIT_SECTION
6280#define HAS_INIT_SECTION
6281#endif
6282
6f086dfc
RS
6283void
6284expand_main_function ()
6285{
1d482056
RH
6286#ifdef FORCE_PREFERRED_STACK_BOUNDARY_IN_MAIN
6287 if (FORCE_PREFERRED_STACK_BOUNDARY_IN_MAIN)
6288 {
6289 int align = PREFERRED_STACK_BOUNDARY / BITS_PER_UNIT;
6290 rtx tmp;
6291
ef89d648 6292 /* Forcibly align the stack. */
1d482056 6293#ifdef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
ef89d648
ZW
6294 tmp = expand_simple_binop (Pmode, AND, stack_pointer_rtx, GEN_INT(-align),
6295 stack_pointer_rtx, 1, OPTAB_WIDEN);
1d482056 6296#else
ef89d648
ZW
6297 tmp = expand_simple_binop (Pmode, PLUS, stack_pointer_rtx,
6298 GEN_INT (align - 1), NULL_RTX, 1, OPTAB_WIDEN);
6299 tmp = expand_simple_binop (Pmode, AND, tmp, GEN_INT (-align),
6300 stack_pointer_rtx, 1, OPTAB_WIDEN);
1d482056
RH
6301#endif
6302 if (tmp != stack_pointer_rtx)
6303 emit_move_insn (stack_pointer_rtx, tmp);
6304
6305 /* Enlist allocate_dynamic_stack_space to pick up the pieces. */
6306 tmp = force_reg (Pmode, const0_rtx);
6307 allocate_dynamic_stack_space (tmp, NULL_RTX, BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT);
6308 }
6309#endif
6310
6311#ifndef HAS_INIT_SECTION
b93a436e
JL
6312 emit_library_call (gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, NAME__MAIN), 0,
6313 VOIDmode, 0);
1d482056 6314#endif
6f086dfc
RS
6315}
6316\f
c20bf1f3
JB
6317extern struct obstack permanent_obstack;
6318
1f731749
MM
6319/* The PENDING_SIZES represent the sizes of variable-sized types.
6320 Create RTL for the various sizes now (using temporary variables),
6321 so that we can refer to the sizes from the RTL we are generating
6322 for the current function. The PENDING_SIZES are a TREE_LIST. The
6323 TREE_VALUE of each node is a SAVE_EXPR. */
6324
6325void
6326expand_pending_sizes (pending_sizes)
6327 tree pending_sizes;
6328{
6329 tree tem;
6330
6331 /* Evaluate now the sizes of any types declared among the arguments. */
6332 for (tem = pending_sizes; tem; tem = TREE_CHAIN (tem))
6333 {
6334 expand_expr (TREE_VALUE (tem), const0_rtx, VOIDmode,
6335 EXPAND_MEMORY_USE_BAD);
6336 /* Flush the queue in case this parameter declaration has
6337 side-effects. */
6338 emit_queue ();
6339 }
6340}
6341
6f086dfc
RS
6342/* Start the RTL for a new function, and set variables used for
6343 emitting RTL.
6344 SUBR is the FUNCTION_DECL node.
6345 PARMS_HAVE_CLEANUPS is nonzero if there are cleanups associated with
6346 the function's parameters, which must be run at any return statement. */
6347
6348void
6349expand_function_start (subr, parms_have_cleanups)
6350 tree subr;
6351 int parms_have_cleanups;
6352{
6f086dfc 6353 tree tem;
4e86caed 6354 rtx last_ptr = NULL_RTX;
6f086dfc
RS
6355
6356 /* Make sure volatile mem refs aren't considered
6357 valid operands of arithmetic insns. */
6358 init_recog_no_volatile ();
6359
7d384cc0
KR
6360 /* Set this before generating any memory accesses. */
6361 current_function_check_memory_usage
6362 = (flag_check_memory_usage
6363 && ! DECL_NO_CHECK_MEMORY_USAGE (current_function_decl));
6364
07417085
KR
6365 current_function_instrument_entry_exit
6366 = (flag_instrument_function_entry_exit
6367 && ! DECL_NO_INSTRUMENT_FUNCTION_ENTRY_EXIT (subr));
6368
a157febd
GK
6369 current_function_limit_stack
6370 = (stack_limit_rtx != NULL_RTX && ! DECL_NO_LIMIT_STACK (subr));
6371
6f086dfc
RS
6372 /* If function gets a static chain arg, store it in the stack frame.
6373 Do this first, so it gets the first stack slot offset. */
6374 if (current_function_needs_context)
3e2481e9
JW
6375 {
6376 last_ptr = assign_stack_local (Pmode, GET_MODE_SIZE (Pmode), 0);
f0c51a1e 6377
f0c51a1e
RK
6378 /* Delay copying static chain if it is not a register to avoid
6379 conflicts with regs used for parameters. */
f95182a4
ILT
6380 if (! SMALL_REGISTER_CLASSES
6381 || GET_CODE (static_chain_incoming_rtx) == REG)
718fe406 6382 emit_move_insn (last_ptr, static_chain_incoming_rtx);
3e2481e9 6383 }
6f086dfc
RS
6384
6385 /* If the parameters of this function need cleaning up, get a label
6386 for the beginning of the code which executes those cleanups. This must
6387 be done before doing anything with return_label. */
6388 if (parms_have_cleanups)
6389 cleanup_label = gen_label_rtx ();
6390 else
6391 cleanup_label = 0;
6392
52a11cbf
RH
6393 /* Make the label for return statements to jump to. Do not special
6394 case machines with special return instructions -- they will be
6395 handled later during jump, ifcvt, or epilogue creation. */
6f086dfc 6396 return_label = gen_label_rtx ();
6f086dfc
RS
6397
6398 /* Initialize rtx used to return the value. */
6399 /* Do this before assign_parms so that we copy the struct value address
6400 before any library calls that assign parms might generate. */
6401
6402 /* Decide whether to return the value in memory or in a register. */
6403 if (aggregate_value_p (DECL_RESULT (subr)))
6404 {
6405 /* Returning something that won't go in a register. */
b3694847 6406 rtx value_address = 0;
6f086dfc
RS
6407
6408#ifdef PCC_STATIC_STRUCT_RETURN
6409 if (current_function_returns_pcc_struct)
6410 {
6411 int size = int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (DECL_RESULT (subr)));
6412 value_address = assemble_static_space (size);
6413 }
6414 else
6415#endif
6416 {
6417 /* Expect to be passed the address of a place to store the value.
6418 If it is passed as an argument, assign_parms will take care of
6419 it. */
6420 if (struct_value_incoming_rtx)
6421 {
6422 value_address = gen_reg_rtx (Pmode);
6423 emit_move_insn (value_address, struct_value_incoming_rtx);
6424 }
6425 }
6426 if (value_address)
ccdecf58 6427 {
abde42f7
JH
6428 rtx x = gen_rtx_MEM (DECL_MODE (DECL_RESULT (subr)), value_address);
6429 set_mem_attributes (x, DECL_RESULT (subr), 1);
6430 SET_DECL_RTL (DECL_RESULT (subr), x);
ccdecf58 6431 }
6f086dfc
RS
6432 }
6433 else if (DECL_MODE (DECL_RESULT (subr)) == VOIDmode)
6434 /* If return mode is void, this decl rtl should not be used. */
19e7881c 6435 SET_DECL_RTL (DECL_RESULT (subr), NULL_RTX);
d5bf1143 6436 else
a53e14c0 6437 {
d5bf1143
RH
6438 /* Compute the return values into a pseudo reg, which we will copy
6439 into the true return register after the cleanups are done. */
db3c0315
MM
6440
6441 /* In order to figure out what mode to use for the pseudo, we
6442 figure out what the mode of the eventual return register will
6443 actually be, and use that. */
6444 rtx hard_reg
6445 = hard_function_value (TREE_TYPE (DECL_RESULT (subr)),
6446 subr, 1);
6447
80a480ca
RH
6448 /* Structures that are returned in registers are not aggregate_value_p,
6449 so we may see a PARALLEL. Don't play pseudo games with this. */
6450 if (! REG_P (hard_reg))
6451 SET_DECL_RTL (DECL_RESULT (subr), hard_reg);
6452 else
6453 {
6454 /* Create the pseudo. */
6455 SET_DECL_RTL (DECL_RESULT (subr), gen_reg_rtx (GET_MODE (hard_reg)));
a53e14c0 6456
80a480ca
RH
6457 /* Needed because we may need to move this to memory
6458 in case it's a named return value whose address is taken. */
6459 DECL_REGISTER (DECL_RESULT (subr)) = 1;
6460 }
a53e14c0 6461 }
6f086dfc
RS
6462
6463 /* Initialize rtx for parameters and local variables.
6464 In some cases this requires emitting insns. */
6465
0d1416c6 6466 assign_parms (subr);
6f086dfc 6467
f0c51a1e
RK
6468 /* Copy the static chain now if it wasn't a register. The delay is to
6469 avoid conflicts with the parameter passing registers. */
6470
f95182a4 6471 if (SMALL_REGISTER_CLASSES && current_function_needs_context)
f0c51a1e
RK
6472 if (GET_CODE (static_chain_incoming_rtx) != REG)
6473 emit_move_insn (last_ptr, static_chain_incoming_rtx);
f0c51a1e 6474
6f086dfc
RS
6475 /* The following was moved from init_function_start.
6476 The move is supposed to make sdb output more accurate. */
6477 /* Indicate the beginning of the function body,
6478 as opposed to parm setup. */
6496a589 6479 emit_note (NULL, NOTE_INSN_FUNCTION_BEG);
6f086dfc 6480
6f086dfc 6481 if (GET_CODE (get_last_insn ()) != NOTE)
6496a589 6482 emit_note (NULL, NOTE_INSN_DELETED);
6f086dfc
RS
6483 parm_birth_insn = get_last_insn ();
6484
6d7306f7
JM
6485 context_display = 0;
6486 if (current_function_needs_context)
ac9e20f0 6487 {
6d7306f7
JM
6488 /* Fetch static chain values for containing functions. */
6489 tem = decl_function_context (current_function_decl);
d29c259b
RH
6490 /* Copy the static chain pointer into a pseudo. If we have
6491 small register classes, copy the value from memory if
6492 static_chain_incoming_rtx is a REG. */
6493 if (tem)
6d7306f7 6494 {
6d7306f7
JM
6495 /* If the static chain originally came in a register, put it back
6496 there, then move it out in the next insn. The reason for
6497 this peculiar code is to satisfy function integration. */
f95182a4
ILT
6498 if (SMALL_REGISTER_CLASSES
6499 && GET_CODE (static_chain_incoming_rtx) == REG)
6d7306f7 6500 emit_move_insn (static_chain_incoming_rtx, last_ptr);
6d7306f7
JM
6501 last_ptr = copy_to_reg (static_chain_incoming_rtx);
6502 }
ac9e20f0 6503
6d7306f7
JM
6504 while (tem)
6505 {
6506 tree rtlexp = make_node (RTL_EXPR);
6f086dfc 6507
6d7306f7
JM
6508 RTL_EXPR_RTL (rtlexp) = last_ptr;
6509 context_display = tree_cons (tem, rtlexp, context_display);
6510 tem = decl_function_context (tem);
6511 if (tem == 0)
6512 break;
6513 /* Chain thru stack frames, assuming pointer to next lexical frame
6514 is found at the place we always store it. */
6f086dfc 6515#ifdef FRAME_GROWS_DOWNWARD
768f0669
JJ
6516 last_ptr = plus_constant (last_ptr,
6517 -(HOST_WIDE_INT) GET_MODE_SIZE (Pmode));
6f086dfc 6518#endif
3bdf5ad1 6519 last_ptr = gen_rtx_MEM (Pmode, memory_address (Pmode, last_ptr));
6a1d250e 6520 set_mem_alias_set (last_ptr, get_frame_alias_set ());
3bdf5ad1 6521 last_ptr = copy_to_reg (last_ptr);
6d7306f7
JM
6522
6523 /* If we are not optimizing, ensure that we know that this
6524 piece of context is live over the entire function. */
6525 if (! optimize)
38a448ca
RH
6526 save_expr_regs = gen_rtx_EXPR_LIST (VOIDmode, last_ptr,
6527 save_expr_regs);
6d7306f7 6528 }
6f086dfc
RS
6529 }
6530
07417085
KR
6531 if (current_function_instrument_entry_exit)
6532 {
6533 rtx fun = DECL_RTL (current_function_decl);
6534 if (GET_CODE (fun) == MEM)
6535 fun = XEXP (fun, 0);
6536 else
6537 abort ();
6538 emit_library_call (profile_function_entry_libfunc, 0, VOIDmode, 2,
6539 fun, Pmode,
6540 expand_builtin_return_addr (BUILT_IN_RETURN_ADDRESS,
6541 0,
6542 hard_frame_pointer_rtx),
6543 Pmode);
6544 }
6545
411707f4
CC
6546#ifdef PROFILE_HOOK
6547 if (profile_flag)
6548 PROFILE_HOOK (profile_label_no);
6549#endif
6550
6f086dfc
RS
6551 /* After the display initializations is where the tail-recursion label
6552 should go, if we end up needing one. Ensure we have a NOTE here
6553 since some things (like trampolines) get placed before this. */
6496a589 6554 tail_recursion_reentry = emit_note (NULL, NOTE_INSN_DELETED);
6f086dfc
RS
6555
6556 /* Evaluate now the sizes of any types declared among the arguments. */
1f731749 6557 expand_pending_sizes (nreverse (get_pending_sizes ()));
6f086dfc
RS
6558
6559 /* Make sure there is a line number after the function entry setup code. */
6560 force_next_line_note ();
6561}
6562\f
49ad7cfa
BS
6563/* Undo the effects of init_dummy_function_start. */
6564void
6565expand_dummy_function_end ()
6566{
6567 /* End any sequences that failed to be closed due to syntax errors. */
6568 while (in_sequence_p ())
6569 end_sequence ();
6570
6571 /* Outside function body, can't compute type's actual size
6572 until next function's body starts. */
fa51b01b 6573
01d939e8
BS
6574 free_after_parsing (cfun);
6575 free_after_compilation (cfun);
01d939e8 6576 cfun = 0;
49ad7cfa
BS
6577}
6578
c13fde05
RH
6579/* Call DOIT for each hard register used as a return value from
6580 the current function. */
bd695e1e
RH
6581
6582void
c13fde05
RH
6583diddle_return_value (doit, arg)
6584 void (*doit) PARAMS ((rtx, void *));
6585 void *arg;
bd695e1e 6586{
c13fde05
RH
6587 rtx outgoing = current_function_return_rtx;
6588
6589 if (! outgoing)
6590 return;
bd695e1e 6591
c13fde05
RH
6592 if (GET_CODE (outgoing) == REG)
6593 (*doit) (outgoing, arg);
6594 else if (GET_CODE (outgoing) == PARALLEL)
6595 {
6596 int i;
bd695e1e 6597
c13fde05
RH
6598 for (i = 0; i < XVECLEN (outgoing, 0); i++)
6599 {
6600 rtx x = XEXP (XVECEXP (outgoing, 0, i), 0);
6601
6602 if (GET_CODE (x) == REG && REGNO (x) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
6603 (*doit) (x, arg);
bd695e1e
RH
6604 }
6605 }
6606}
6607
c13fde05
RH
6608static void
6609do_clobber_return_reg (reg, arg)
6610 rtx reg;
6611 void *arg ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6612{
6613 emit_insn (gen_rtx_CLOBBER (VOIDmode, reg));
6614}
6615
6616void
6617clobber_return_register ()
6618{
6619 diddle_return_value (do_clobber_return_reg, NULL);
9c65bbf4
JH
6620
6621 /* In case we do use pseudo to return value, clobber it too. */
6622 if (DECL_RTL_SET_P (DECL_RESULT (current_function_decl)))
6623 {
6624 tree decl_result = DECL_RESULT (current_function_decl);
6625 rtx decl_rtl = DECL_RTL (decl_result);
6626 if (REG_P (decl_rtl) && REGNO (decl_rtl) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
6627 {
6628 do_clobber_return_reg (decl_rtl, NULL);
6629 }
6630 }
c13fde05
RH
6631}
6632
6633static void
6634do_use_return_reg (reg, arg)
6635 rtx reg;
6636 void *arg ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6637{
6638 emit_insn (gen_rtx_USE (VOIDmode, reg));
6639}
6640
6641void
6642use_return_register ()
6643{
6644 diddle_return_value (do_use_return_reg, NULL);
6645}
6646
6f086dfc 6647/* Generate RTL for the end of the current function.
718fe406 6648 FILENAME and LINE are the current position in the source file.
6f086dfc 6649
980697fd 6650 It is up to language-specific callers to do cleanups for parameters--
1be07046 6651 or else, supply 1 for END_BINDINGS and we will call expand_end_bindings. */
6f086dfc
RS
6652
6653void
1be07046 6654expand_function_end (filename, line, end_bindings)
3b304f5b 6655 const char *filename;
6f086dfc 6656 int line;
1be07046 6657 int end_bindings;
6f086dfc 6658{
6f086dfc 6659 tree link;
932f0847 6660 rtx clobber_after;
6f086dfc 6661
1e2414db 6662#ifdef TRAMPOLINE_TEMPLATE
6f086dfc 6663 static rtx initial_trampoline;
1e2414db 6664#endif
6f086dfc 6665
49ad7cfa
BS
6666 finish_expr_for_function ();
6667
964be02f
RH
6668 /* If arg_pointer_save_area was referenced only from a nested
6669 function, we will not have initialized it yet. Do that now. */
6670 if (arg_pointer_save_area && ! cfun->arg_pointer_save_area_init)
6671 get_arg_pointer_save_area (cfun);
6672
6f086dfc
RS
6673#ifdef NON_SAVING_SETJMP
6674 /* Don't put any variables in registers if we call setjmp
6675 on a machine that fails to restore the registers. */
6676 if (NON_SAVING_SETJMP && current_function_calls_setjmp)
6677 {
b88a3142
RK
6678 if (DECL_INITIAL (current_function_decl) != error_mark_node)
6679 setjmp_protect (DECL_INITIAL (current_function_decl));
6680
6f086dfc
RS
6681 setjmp_protect_args ();
6682 }
6683#endif
6684
6f086dfc
RS
6685 /* Initialize any trampolines required by this function. */
6686 for (link = trampoline_list; link; link = TREE_CHAIN (link))
6687 {
6688 tree function = TREE_PURPOSE (link);
57bed152 6689 rtx context ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED = lookup_static_chain (function);
6f086dfc 6690 rtx tramp = RTL_EXPR_RTL (TREE_VALUE (link));
7a87758d 6691#ifdef TRAMPOLINE_TEMPLATE
1e2414db 6692 rtx blktramp;
7a87758d 6693#endif
6f086dfc
RS
6694 rtx seq;
6695
1e2414db 6696#ifdef TRAMPOLINE_TEMPLATE
6f086dfc
RS
6697 /* First make sure this compilation has a template for
6698 initializing trampolines. */
6699 if (initial_trampoline == 0)
86f8eff3 6700 {
86f8eff3 6701 initial_trampoline
38a448ca 6702 = gen_rtx_MEM (BLKmode, assemble_trampoline_template ());
76095e2f
RH
6703
6704 ggc_add_rtx_root (&initial_trampoline, 1);
86f8eff3 6705 }
1e2414db 6706#endif
6f086dfc
RS
6707
6708 /* Generate insns to initialize the trampoline. */
6709 start_sequence ();
1e2414db
RK
6710 tramp = round_trampoline_addr (XEXP (tramp, 0));
6711#ifdef TRAMPOLINE_TEMPLATE
6712 blktramp = change_address (initial_trampoline, BLKmode, tramp);
6713 emit_block_move (blktramp, initial_trampoline,
6714 GEN_INT (TRAMPOLINE_SIZE),
744bfbfa 6715 TRAMPOLINE_ALIGNMENT);
1e2414db
RK
6716#endif
6717 INITIALIZE_TRAMPOLINE (tramp, XEXP (DECL_RTL (function), 0), context);
6f086dfc
RS
6718 seq = get_insns ();
6719 end_sequence ();
6720
6721 /* Put those insns at entry to the containing function (this one). */
6722 emit_insns_before (seq, tail_recursion_reentry);
6723 }
6f086dfc 6724
11044f66
RK
6725 /* If we are doing stack checking and this function makes calls,
6726 do a stack probe at the start of the function to ensure we have enough
6727 space for another stack frame. */
6728 if (flag_stack_check && ! STACK_CHECK_BUILTIN)
6729 {
6730 rtx insn, seq;
6731
6732 for (insn = get_insns (); insn; insn = NEXT_INSN (insn))
6733 if (GET_CODE (insn) == CALL_INSN)
6734 {
6735 start_sequence ();
6736 probe_stack_range (STACK_CHECK_PROTECT,
6737 GEN_INT (STACK_CHECK_MAX_FRAME_SIZE));
6738 seq = get_insns ();
6739 end_sequence ();
6740 emit_insns_before (seq, tail_recursion_reentry);
6741 break;
6742 }
6743 }
6744
db8717d9 6745 /* Warn about unused parms if extra warnings were specified. */
078721e1
AC
6746 /* Either ``-W -Wunused'' or ``-Wunused-parameter'' enables this
6747 warning. WARN_UNUSED_PARAMETER is negative when set by
718fe406 6748 -Wunused. */
078721e1
AC
6749 if (warn_unused_parameter > 0
6750 || (warn_unused_parameter < 0 && extra_warnings))
6f086dfc 6751 {
db8717d9 6752 tree decl;
6f086dfc
RS
6753
6754 for (decl = DECL_ARGUMENTS (current_function_decl);
6755 decl; decl = TREE_CHAIN (decl))
497dc802
JM
6756 if (! TREE_USED (decl) && TREE_CODE (decl) == PARM_DECL
6757 && DECL_NAME (decl) && ! DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl))
6f086dfc
RS
6758 warning_with_decl (decl, "unused parameter `%s'");
6759 }
6f086dfc
RS
6760
6761 /* Delete handlers for nonlocal gotos if nothing uses them. */
ba716ac9
BS
6762 if (nonlocal_goto_handler_slots != 0
6763 && ! current_function_has_nonlocal_label)
6f086dfc
RS
6764 delete_handlers ();
6765
6766 /* End any sequences that failed to be closed due to syntax errors. */
6767 while (in_sequence_p ())
5f4f0e22 6768 end_sequence ();
6f086dfc
RS
6769
6770 /* Outside function body, can't compute type's actual size
6771 until next function's body starts. */
6772 immediate_size_expand--;
6773
6f086dfc
RS
6774 clear_pending_stack_adjust ();
6775 do_pending_stack_adjust ();
6776
6777 /* Mark the end of the function body.
6778 If control reaches this insn, the function can drop through
6779 without returning a value. */
6496a589 6780 emit_note (NULL, NOTE_INSN_FUNCTION_END);
6f086dfc 6781
82e415a3
DE
6782 /* Must mark the last line number note in the function, so that the test
6783 coverage code can avoid counting the last line twice. This just tells
6784 the code to ignore the immediately following line note, since there
6785 already exists a copy of this note somewhere above. This line number
6786 note is still needed for debugging though, so we can't delete it. */
6787 if (flag_test_coverage)
6496a589 6788 emit_note (NULL, NOTE_INSN_REPEATED_LINE_NUMBER);
82e415a3 6789
6f086dfc
RS
6790 /* Output a linenumber for the end of the function.
6791 SDB depends on this. */
6792 emit_line_note_force (filename, line);
6793
fbffc70a
GK
6794 /* Before the return label (if any), clobber the return
6795 registers so that they are not propogated live to the rest of
6796 the function. This can only happen with functions that drop
6797 through; if there had been a return statement, there would
932f0847
JH
6798 have either been a return rtx, or a jump to the return label.
6799
6800 We delay actual code generation after the current_function_value_rtx
6801 is computed. */
6802 clobber_after = get_last_insn ();
fbffc70a 6803
6f086dfc
RS
6804 /* Output the label for the actual return from the function,
6805 if one is expected. This happens either because a function epilogue
6806 is used instead of a return instruction, or because a return was done
6807 with a goto in order to run local cleanups, or because of pcc-style
6808 structure returning. */
6f086dfc 6809 if (return_label)
fbffc70a 6810 emit_label (return_label);
6f086dfc 6811
1be07046
RS
6812 /* C++ uses this. */
6813 if (end_bindings)
6814 expand_end_bindings (0, 0, 0);
6815
07417085
KR
6816 if (current_function_instrument_entry_exit)
6817 {
6818 rtx fun = DECL_RTL (current_function_decl);
6819 if (GET_CODE (fun) == MEM)
6820 fun = XEXP (fun, 0);
6821 else
6822 abort ();
6823 emit_library_call (profile_function_exit_libfunc, 0, VOIDmode, 2,
6824 fun, Pmode,
6825 expand_builtin_return_addr (BUILT_IN_RETURN_ADDRESS,
6826 0,
6827 hard_frame_pointer_rtx),
6828 Pmode);
6829 }
6830
52a11cbf
RH
6831 /* Let except.c know where it should emit the call to unregister
6832 the function context for sjlj exceptions. */
6833 if (flag_exceptions && USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS)
6834 sjlj_emit_function_exit_after (get_last_insn ());
6835
6f086dfc
RS
6836 /* If we had calls to alloca, and this machine needs
6837 an accurate stack pointer to exit the function,
6838 insert some code to save and restore the stack pointer. */
6839#ifdef EXIT_IGNORE_STACK
6840 if (! EXIT_IGNORE_STACK)
6841#endif
6842 if (current_function_calls_alloca)
6843 {
59257ff7
RK
6844 rtx tem = 0;
6845
6846 emit_stack_save (SAVE_FUNCTION, &tem, parm_birth_insn);
5f4f0e22 6847 emit_stack_restore (SAVE_FUNCTION, tem, NULL_RTX);
6f086dfc
RS
6848 }
6849
3e4eac3f
RH
6850 /* If scalar return value was computed in a pseudo-reg, or was a named
6851 return value that got dumped to the stack, copy that to the hard
6852 return register. */
19e7881c 6853 if (DECL_RTL_SET_P (DECL_RESULT (current_function_decl)))
6f086dfc 6854 {
3e4eac3f
RH
6855 tree decl_result = DECL_RESULT (current_function_decl);
6856 rtx decl_rtl = DECL_RTL (decl_result);
6857
6858 if (REG_P (decl_rtl)
6859 ? REGNO (decl_rtl) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
6860 : DECL_REGISTER (decl_result))
6861 {
6862 rtx real_decl_rtl;
6f086dfc
RS
6863
6864#ifdef FUNCTION_OUTGOING_VALUE
3e4eac3f
RH
6865 real_decl_rtl = FUNCTION_OUTGOING_VALUE (TREE_TYPE (decl_result),
6866 current_function_decl);
6f086dfc 6867#else
3e4eac3f
RH
6868 real_decl_rtl = FUNCTION_VALUE (TREE_TYPE (decl_result),
6869 current_function_decl);
6f086dfc 6870#endif
3e4eac3f
RH
6871 REG_FUNCTION_VALUE_P (real_decl_rtl) = 1;
6872
6873 /* If this is a BLKmode structure being returned in registers,
6874 then use the mode computed in expand_return. Note that if
6875 decl_rtl is memory, then its mode may have been changed,
6876 but that current_function_return_rtx has not. */
6877 if (GET_MODE (real_decl_rtl) == BLKmode)
6878 PUT_MODE (real_decl_rtl, GET_MODE (current_function_return_rtx));
6879
6880 /* If a named return value dumped decl_return to memory, then
6881 we may need to re-do the PROMOTE_MODE signed/unsigned
6882 extension. */
6883 if (GET_MODE (real_decl_rtl) != GET_MODE (decl_rtl))
6884 {
6885 int unsignedp = TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (decl_result));
6886
6887#ifdef PROMOTE_FUNCTION_RETURN
6888 promote_mode (TREE_TYPE (decl_result), GET_MODE (decl_rtl),
6889 &unsignedp, 1);
6890#endif
6891
6892 convert_move (real_decl_rtl, decl_rtl, unsignedp);
6893 }
aa570f54
JW
6894 else if (GET_CODE (real_decl_rtl) == PARALLEL)
6895 emit_group_load (real_decl_rtl, decl_rtl,
6896 int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (decl_result)),
6897 TYPE_ALIGN (TREE_TYPE (decl_result)));
3e4eac3f
RH
6898 else
6899 emit_move_insn (real_decl_rtl, decl_rtl);
6900
6901 /* The delay slot scheduler assumes that current_function_return_rtx
6902 holds the hard register containing the return value, not a
6903 temporary pseudo. */
6904 current_function_return_rtx = real_decl_rtl;
6905 }
6f086dfc
RS
6906 }
6907
6908 /* If returning a structure, arrange to return the address of the value
6909 in a place where debuggers expect to find it.
6910
6911 If returning a structure PCC style,
6912 the caller also depends on this value.
6913 And current_function_returns_pcc_struct is not necessarily set. */
6914 if (current_function_returns_struct
6915 || current_function_returns_pcc_struct)
6916 {
d1608933
RK
6917 rtx value_address
6918 = XEXP (DECL_RTL (DECL_RESULT (current_function_decl)), 0);
6f086dfc
RS
6919 tree type = TREE_TYPE (DECL_RESULT (current_function_decl));
6920#ifdef FUNCTION_OUTGOING_VALUE
6921 rtx outgoing
6922 = FUNCTION_OUTGOING_VALUE (build_pointer_type (type),
6923 current_function_decl);
6924#else
6925 rtx outgoing
d1608933 6926 = FUNCTION_VALUE (build_pointer_type (type), current_function_decl);
6f086dfc
RS
6927#endif
6928
6929 /* Mark this as a function return value so integrate will delete the
6930 assignment and USE below when inlining this function. */
6931 REG_FUNCTION_VALUE_P (outgoing) = 1;
6932
d1608933
RK
6933#ifdef POINTERS_EXTEND_UNSIGNED
6934 /* The address may be ptr_mode and OUTGOING may be Pmode. */
6935 if (GET_MODE (outgoing) != GET_MODE (value_address))
6936 value_address = convert_memory_address (GET_MODE (outgoing),
6937 value_address);
6938#endif
6939
6f086dfc 6940 emit_move_insn (outgoing, value_address);
d1608933
RK
6941
6942 /* Show return register used to hold result (in this case the address
6943 of the result. */
6944 current_function_return_rtx = outgoing;
6f086dfc
RS
6945 }
6946
52a11cbf
RH
6947 /* If this is an implementation of throw, do what's necessary to
6948 communicate between __builtin_eh_return and the epilogue. */
6949 expand_eh_return ();
6950
932f0847
JH
6951 /* Emit the actual code to clobber return register. */
6952 {
6953 rtx seq, after;
6954
6955 start_sequence ();
6956 clobber_return_register ();
6957 seq = gen_sequence ();
6958 end_sequence ();
6959
6960 after = emit_insn_after (seq, clobber_after);
6961
6962 if (clobber_after != after)
6963 cfun->x_clobber_return_insn = after;
6964 }
6965
c13fde05
RH
6966 /* ??? This should no longer be necessary since stupid is no longer with
6967 us, but there are some parts of the compiler (eg reload_combine, and
6968 sh mach_dep_reorg) that still try and compute their own lifetime info
6969 instead of using the general framework. */
6970 use_return_register ();
6971
6f086dfc
RS
6972 /* Fix up any gotos that jumped out to the outermost
6973 binding level of the function.
6974 Must follow emitting RETURN_LABEL. */
6975
6976 /* If you have any cleanups to do at this point,
6977 and they need to create temporary variables,
6978 then you will lose. */
e15679f8 6979 expand_fixups (get_insns ());
6f086dfc 6980}
278ed218
RH
6981
6982rtx
6983get_arg_pointer_save_area (f)
6984 struct function *f;
6985{
6986 rtx ret = f->x_arg_pointer_save_area;
6987
6988 if (! ret)
6989 {
278ed218
RH
6990 ret = assign_stack_local_1 (Pmode, GET_MODE_SIZE (Pmode), 0, f);
6991 f->x_arg_pointer_save_area = ret;
964be02f
RH
6992 }
6993
6994 if (f == cfun && ! f->arg_pointer_save_area_init)
6995 {
6996 rtx seq;
278ed218
RH
6997
6998 /* Save the arg pointer at the beginning of the function. The
964be02f 6999 generated stack slot may not be a valid memory address, so we
278ed218
RH
7000 have to check it and fix it if necessary. */
7001 start_sequence ();
7002 emit_move_insn (validize_mem (ret), virtual_incoming_args_rtx);
7003 seq = gen_sequence ();
7004 end_sequence ();
7005
964be02f
RH
7006 push_topmost_sequence ();
7007 emit_insn_after (seq, get_insns ());
7008 pop_topmost_sequence ();
278ed218
RH
7009 }
7010
7011 return ret;
7012}
bdac5f58 7013\f
0a1c58a2
JL
7014/* Extend a vector that records the INSN_UIDs of INSNS (either a
7015 sequence or a single insn). */
bdac5f58 7016
0a1c58a2
JL
7017static void
7018record_insns (insns, vecp)
bdac5f58 7019 rtx insns;
0a1c58a2 7020 varray_type *vecp;
bdac5f58 7021{
bdac5f58
TW
7022 if (GET_CODE (insns) == SEQUENCE)
7023 {
7024 int len = XVECLEN (insns, 0);
0a1c58a2
JL
7025 int i = VARRAY_SIZE (*vecp);
7026
7027 VARRAY_GROW (*vecp, i + len);
bdac5f58 7028 while (--len >= 0)
0a1c58a2
JL
7029 {
7030 VARRAY_INT (*vecp, i) = INSN_UID (XVECEXP (insns, 0, len));
7031 ++i;
7032 }
bdac5f58
TW
7033 }
7034 else
7035 {
0a1c58a2
JL
7036 int i = VARRAY_SIZE (*vecp);
7037 VARRAY_GROW (*vecp, i + 1);
7038 VARRAY_INT (*vecp, i) = INSN_UID (insns);
bdac5f58 7039 }
bdac5f58
TW
7040}
7041
10914065 7042/* Determine how many INSN_UIDs in VEC are part of INSN. */
bdac5f58 7043
10914065 7044static int
bdac5f58
TW
7045contains (insn, vec)
7046 rtx insn;
0a1c58a2 7047 varray_type vec;
bdac5f58 7048{
b3694847 7049 int i, j;
bdac5f58
TW
7050
7051 if (GET_CODE (insn) == INSN
7052 && GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == SEQUENCE)
7053 {
10914065 7054 int count = 0;
bdac5f58 7055 for (i = XVECLEN (PATTERN (insn), 0) - 1; i >= 0; i--)
0a1c58a2
JL
7056 for (j = VARRAY_SIZE (vec) - 1; j >= 0; --j)
7057 if (INSN_UID (XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn), 0, i)) == VARRAY_INT (vec, j))
10914065
TW
7058 count++;
7059 return count;
bdac5f58
TW
7060 }
7061 else
7062 {
0a1c58a2
JL
7063 for (j = VARRAY_SIZE (vec) - 1; j >= 0; --j)
7064 if (INSN_UID (insn) == VARRAY_INT (vec, j))
10914065 7065 return 1;
bdac5f58
TW
7066 }
7067 return 0;
7068}
5c7675e9
RH
7069
7070int
7071prologue_epilogue_contains (insn)
7072 rtx insn;
7073{
0a1c58a2 7074 if (contains (insn, prologue))
5c7675e9 7075 return 1;
0a1c58a2 7076 if (contains (insn, epilogue))
5c7675e9
RH
7077 return 1;
7078 return 0;
7079}
bdac5f58 7080
0a1c58a2
JL
7081int
7082sibcall_epilogue_contains (insn)
718fe406 7083 rtx insn;
0a1c58a2
JL
7084{
7085 if (sibcall_epilogue)
7086 return contains (insn, sibcall_epilogue);
7087 return 0;
7088}
7089
73ef99fb 7090#ifdef HAVE_return
69732dcb
RH
7091/* Insert gen_return at the end of block BB. This also means updating
7092 block_for_insn appropriately. */
7093
7094static void
86c82654 7095emit_return_into_block (bb, line_note)
69732dcb 7096 basic_block bb;
86c82654 7097 rtx line_note;
69732dcb
RH
7098{
7099 rtx p, end;
7100
718fe406 7101 p = NEXT_INSN (bb->end);
86c82654
RH
7102 end = emit_jump_insn_after (gen_return (), bb->end);
7103 if (line_note)
7104 emit_line_note_after (NOTE_SOURCE_FILE (line_note),
3c030e88 7105 NOTE_LINE_NUMBER (line_note), PREV_INSN (bb->end));
69732dcb 7106}
73ef99fb 7107#endif /* HAVE_return */
69732dcb 7108
7393c642
RK
7109#ifdef HAVE_epilogue
7110
7111/* Modify SEQ, a SEQUENCE that is part of the epilogue, to no modifications
7112 to the stack pointer. */
7113
7114static void
7115keep_stack_depressed (seq)
7116 rtx seq;
7117{
7118 int i;
7119 rtx sp_from_reg = 0;
7120 int sp_modified_unknown = 0;
7121
7122 /* If the epilogue is just a single instruction, it's OK as is */
7123
8207e7c6
RK
7124 if (GET_CODE (seq) != SEQUENCE)
7125 return;
7393c642
RK
7126
7127 /* Scan all insns in SEQ looking for ones that modified the stack
7128 pointer. Record if it modified the stack pointer by copying it
7129 from the frame pointer or if it modified it in some other way.
7130 Then modify any subsequent stack pointer references to take that
7131 into account. We start by only allowing SP to be copied from a
7132 register (presumably FP) and then be subsequently referenced. */
7133
7134 for (i = 0; i < XVECLEN (seq, 0); i++)
7135 {
7136 rtx insn = XVECEXP (seq, 0, i);
7137
7138 if (GET_RTX_CLASS (GET_CODE (insn)) != 'i')
7139 continue;
7140
7141 if (reg_set_p (stack_pointer_rtx, insn))
7142 {
7143 rtx set = single_set (insn);
7144
7145 /* If SP is set as a side-effect, we can't support this. */
7146 if (set == 0)
7147 abort ();
7148
7149 if (GET_CODE (SET_SRC (set)) == REG)
7150 sp_from_reg = SET_SRC (set);
7151 else
7152 sp_modified_unknown = 1;
7153
173b24b9
RK
7154 /* Don't allow the SP modification to happen. We don't call
7155 delete_insn here since INSN isn't in any chain. */
7156 PUT_CODE (insn, NOTE);
7157 NOTE_LINE_NUMBER (insn) = NOTE_INSN_DELETED;
7158 NOTE_SOURCE_FILE (insn) = 0;
7393c642
RK
7159 }
7160 else if (reg_referenced_p (stack_pointer_rtx, PATTERN (insn)))
7161 {
7162 if (sp_modified_unknown)
7163 abort ();
7164
7165 else if (sp_from_reg != 0)
7166 PATTERN (insn)
7167 = replace_rtx (PATTERN (insn), stack_pointer_rtx, sp_from_reg);
7168 }
7169 }
7170}
7171#endif
7172
9faa82d8 7173/* Generate the prologue and epilogue RTL if the machine supports it. Thread
bdac5f58
TW
7174 this into place with notes indicating where the prologue ends and where
7175 the epilogue begins. Update the basic block information when possible. */
7176
7177void
7178thread_prologue_and_epilogue_insns (f)
54ea1de9 7179 rtx f ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
bdac5f58 7180{
ca1117cc 7181 int inserted = 0;
19d3c25c
RH
7182 edge e;
7183 rtx seq;
ca1117cc
RH
7184#ifdef HAVE_prologue
7185 rtx prologue_end = NULL_RTX;
7186#endif
86c82654
RH
7187#if defined (HAVE_epilogue) || defined(HAVE_return)
7188 rtx epilogue_end = NULL_RTX;
7189#endif
e881bb1b 7190
bdac5f58
TW
7191#ifdef HAVE_prologue
7192 if (HAVE_prologue)
7193 {
e881bb1b 7194 start_sequence ();
718fe406 7195 seq = gen_prologue ();
e881bb1b 7196 emit_insn (seq);
bdac5f58
TW
7197
7198 /* Retain a map of the prologue insns. */
e881bb1b
RH
7199 if (GET_CODE (seq) != SEQUENCE)
7200 seq = get_insns ();
0a1c58a2 7201 record_insns (seq, &prologue);
ca1117cc 7202 prologue_end = emit_note (NULL, NOTE_INSN_PROLOGUE_END);
9185a8d5 7203
e881bb1b
RH
7204 seq = gen_sequence ();
7205 end_sequence ();
7206
75540af0
JH
7207 /* Can't deal with multiple successsors of the entry block
7208 at the moment. Function should always have at least one
7209 entry point. */
7210 if (!ENTRY_BLOCK_PTR->succ || ENTRY_BLOCK_PTR->succ->succ_next)
7211 abort ();
e881bb1b 7212
75540af0
JH
7213 insert_insn_on_edge (seq, ENTRY_BLOCK_PTR->succ);
7214 inserted = 1;
bdac5f58 7215 }
bdac5f58 7216#endif
bdac5f58 7217
19d3c25c
RH
7218 /* If the exit block has no non-fake predecessors, we don't need
7219 an epilogue. */
718fe406 7220 for (e = EXIT_BLOCK_PTR->pred; e; e = e->pred_next)
19d3c25c
RH
7221 if ((e->flags & EDGE_FAKE) == 0)
7222 break;
7223 if (e == NULL)
7224 goto epilogue_done;
7225
69732dcb
RH
7226#ifdef HAVE_return
7227 if (optimize && HAVE_return)
7228 {
7229 /* If we're allowed to generate a simple return instruction,
7230 then by definition we don't need a full epilogue. Examine
718fe406
KH
7231 the block that falls through to EXIT. If it does not
7232 contain any code, examine its predecessors and try to
69732dcb
RH
7233 emit (conditional) return instructions. */
7234
7235 basic_block last;
7236 edge e_next;
7237 rtx label;
7238
718fe406 7239 for (e = EXIT_BLOCK_PTR->pred; e; e = e->pred_next)
69732dcb
RH
7240 if (e->flags & EDGE_FALLTHRU)
7241 break;
7242 if (e == NULL)
7243 goto epilogue_done;
7244 last = e->src;
7245
7246 /* Verify that there are no active instructions in the last block. */
7247 label = last->end;
7248 while (label && GET_CODE (label) != CODE_LABEL)
7249 {
7250 if (active_insn_p (label))
7251 break;
7252 label = PREV_INSN (label);
7253 }
7254
7255 if (last->head == label && GET_CODE (label) == CODE_LABEL)
7256 {
718fe406 7257 rtx epilogue_line_note = NULL_RTX;
86c82654
RH
7258
7259 /* Locate the line number associated with the closing brace,
7260 if we can find one. */
7261 for (seq = get_last_insn ();
7262 seq && ! active_insn_p (seq);
7263 seq = PREV_INSN (seq))
7264 if (GET_CODE (seq) == NOTE && NOTE_LINE_NUMBER (seq) > 0)
7265 {
7266 epilogue_line_note = seq;
7267 break;
7268 }
7269
718fe406 7270 for (e = last->pred; e; e = e_next)
69732dcb
RH
7271 {
7272 basic_block bb = e->src;
7273 rtx jump;
7274
7275 e_next = e->pred_next;
7276 if (bb == ENTRY_BLOCK_PTR)
7277 continue;
7278
7279 jump = bb->end;
a617c13f 7280 if ((GET_CODE (jump) != JUMP_INSN) || JUMP_LABEL (jump) != label)
69732dcb
RH
7281 continue;
7282
7283 /* If we have an unconditional jump, we can replace that
7284 with a simple return instruction. */
7285 if (simplejump_p (jump))
7286 {
86c82654 7287 emit_return_into_block (bb, epilogue_line_note);
53c17031 7288 delete_insn (jump);
69732dcb
RH
7289 }
7290
7291 /* If we have a conditional jump, we can try to replace
7292 that with a conditional return instruction. */
7293 else if (condjump_p (jump))
7294 {
7295 rtx ret, *loc;
7296
7297 ret = SET_SRC (PATTERN (jump));
7298 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (ret, 1)) == LABEL_REF)
7299 loc = &XEXP (ret, 1);
7300 else
7301 loc = &XEXP (ret, 2);
7302 ret = gen_rtx_RETURN (VOIDmode);
7303
7304 if (! validate_change (jump, loc, ret, 0))
7305 continue;
7306 if (JUMP_LABEL (jump))
7307 LABEL_NUSES (JUMP_LABEL (jump))--;
718fe406 7308
3a75e42e
CP
7309 /* If this block has only one successor, it both jumps
7310 and falls through to the fallthru block, so we can't
7311 delete the edge. */
718fe406
KH
7312 if (bb->succ->succ_next == NULL)
7313 continue;
69732dcb
RH
7314 }
7315 else
7316 continue;
7317
7318 /* Fix up the CFG for the successful change we just made. */
86c82654 7319 redirect_edge_succ (e, EXIT_BLOCK_PTR);
69732dcb 7320 }
69732dcb 7321
2dd8bc01
GK
7322 /* Emit a return insn for the exit fallthru block. Whether
7323 this is still reachable will be determined later. */
69732dcb 7324
2dd8bc01 7325 emit_barrier_after (last->end);
86c82654
RH
7326 emit_return_into_block (last, epilogue_line_note);
7327 epilogue_end = last->end;
ab75d1f1 7328 last->succ->flags &= ~EDGE_FALLTHRU;
718fe406 7329 goto epilogue_done;
2dd8bc01 7330 }
69732dcb
RH
7331 }
7332#endif
bdac5f58
TW
7333#ifdef HAVE_epilogue
7334 if (HAVE_epilogue)
7335 {
19d3c25c
RH
7336 /* Find the edge that falls through to EXIT. Other edges may exist
7337 due to RETURN instructions, but those don't need epilogues.
7338 There really shouldn't be a mixture -- either all should have
7339 been converted or none, however... */
e881bb1b 7340
718fe406 7341 for (e = EXIT_BLOCK_PTR->pred; e; e = e->pred_next)
19d3c25c
RH
7342 if (e->flags & EDGE_FALLTHRU)
7343 break;
7344 if (e == NULL)
7345 goto epilogue_done;
a78bdb38 7346
19d3c25c 7347 start_sequence ();
86c82654 7348 epilogue_end = emit_note (NULL, NOTE_INSN_EPILOGUE_BEG);
a78bdb38 7349
19d3c25c 7350 seq = gen_epilogue ();
7393c642
RK
7351
7352 /* If this function returns with the stack depressed, massage
7353 the epilogue to actually do that. */
43db0363
RK
7354 if (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (current_function_decl)) == FUNCTION_TYPE
7355 && TYPE_RETURNS_STACK_DEPRESSED (TREE_TYPE (current_function_decl)))
7393c642
RK
7356 keep_stack_depressed (seq);
7357
19d3c25c 7358 emit_jump_insn (seq);
bdac5f58 7359
19d3c25c
RH
7360 /* Retain a map of the epilogue insns. */
7361 if (GET_CODE (seq) != SEQUENCE)
7362 seq = get_insns ();
0a1c58a2 7363 record_insns (seq, &epilogue);
bdac5f58 7364
19d3c25c 7365 seq = gen_sequence ();
718fe406 7366 end_sequence ();
e881bb1b 7367
19d3c25c 7368 insert_insn_on_edge (seq, e);
ca1117cc 7369 inserted = 1;
bdac5f58
TW
7370 }
7371#endif
19d3c25c 7372epilogue_done:
e881bb1b 7373
ca1117cc 7374 if (inserted)
e881bb1b 7375 commit_edge_insertions ();
0a1c58a2
JL
7376
7377#ifdef HAVE_sibcall_epilogue
7378 /* Emit sibling epilogues before any sibling call sites. */
718fe406 7379 for (e = EXIT_BLOCK_PTR->pred; e; e = e->pred_next)
0a1c58a2
JL
7380 {
7381 basic_block bb = e->src;
7382 rtx insn = bb->end;
7383 rtx i;
1b513b77 7384 rtx newinsn;
0a1c58a2
JL
7385
7386 if (GET_CODE (insn) != CALL_INSN
7387 || ! SIBLING_CALL_P (insn))
7388 continue;
7389
7390 start_sequence ();
7391 seq = gen_sibcall_epilogue ();
7392 end_sequence ();
7393
7394 i = PREV_INSN (insn);
1b513b77 7395 newinsn = emit_insn_before (seq, insn);
0a1c58a2 7396
0a1c58a2
JL
7397 /* Retain a map of the epilogue insns. Used in life analysis to
7398 avoid getting rid of sibcall epilogue insns. */
1b513b77
JH
7399 record_insns (GET_CODE (seq) == SEQUENCE
7400 ? seq : newinsn, &sibcall_epilogue);
0a1c58a2
JL
7401 }
7402#endif
ca1117cc
RH
7403
7404#ifdef HAVE_prologue
7405 if (prologue_end)
7406 {
7407 rtx insn, prev;
7408
7409 /* GDB handles `break f' by setting a breakpoint on the first
30196c1f 7410 line note after the prologue. Which means (1) that if
ca1117cc 7411 there are line number notes before where we inserted the
30196c1f
RH
7412 prologue we should move them, and (2) we should generate a
7413 note before the end of the first basic block, if there isn't
016030fe
JH
7414 one already there.
7415
7416 ??? This behaviour is completely broken when dealing with
7417 multiple entry functions. We simply place the note always
7418 into first basic block and let alternate entry points
7419 to be missed.
7420 */
ca1117cc 7421
718fe406 7422 for (insn = prologue_end; insn; insn = prev)
ca1117cc
RH
7423 {
7424 prev = PREV_INSN (insn);
7425 if (GET_CODE (insn) == NOTE && NOTE_LINE_NUMBER (insn) > 0)
7426 {
7427 /* Note that we cannot reorder the first insn in the
7428 chain, since rest_of_compilation relies on that
30196c1f 7429 remaining constant. */
ca1117cc 7430 if (prev == NULL)
30196c1f
RH
7431 break;
7432 reorder_insns (insn, insn, prologue_end);
ca1117cc
RH
7433 }
7434 }
7435
30196c1f
RH
7436 /* Find the last line number note in the first block. */
7437 for (insn = BASIC_BLOCK (0)->end;
016030fe 7438 insn != prologue_end && insn;
30196c1f
RH
7439 insn = PREV_INSN (insn))
7440 if (GET_CODE (insn) == NOTE && NOTE_LINE_NUMBER (insn) > 0)
7441 break;
7442
7443 /* If we didn't find one, make a copy of the first line number
7444 we run across. */
7445 if (! insn)
ca1117cc 7446 {
30196c1f
RH
7447 for (insn = next_active_insn (prologue_end);
7448 insn;
7449 insn = PREV_INSN (insn))
7450 if (GET_CODE (insn) == NOTE && NOTE_LINE_NUMBER (insn) > 0)
7451 {
7452 emit_line_note_after (NOTE_SOURCE_FILE (insn),
7453 NOTE_LINE_NUMBER (insn),
7454 prologue_end);
7455 break;
7456 }
ca1117cc
RH
7457 }
7458 }
7459#endif
86c82654
RH
7460#ifdef HAVE_epilogue
7461 if (epilogue_end)
7462 {
7463 rtx insn, next;
7464
7465 /* Similarly, move any line notes that appear after the epilogue.
7466 There is no need, however, to be quite so anal about the existance
7467 of such a note. */
718fe406 7468 for (insn = epilogue_end; insn; insn = next)
86c82654
RH
7469 {
7470 next = NEXT_INSN (insn);
7471 if (GET_CODE (insn) == NOTE && NOTE_LINE_NUMBER (insn) > 0)
7472 reorder_insns (insn, insn, PREV_INSN (epilogue_end));
7473 }
7474 }
7475#endif
bdac5f58
TW
7476}
7477
7478/* Reposition the prologue-end and epilogue-begin notes after instruction
7479 scheduling and delayed branch scheduling. */
7480
7481void
7482reposition_prologue_and_epilogue_notes (f)
79c9824e 7483 rtx f ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
bdac5f58
TW
7484{
7485#if defined (HAVE_prologue) || defined (HAVE_epilogue)
0a1c58a2
JL
7486 int len;
7487
7488 if ((len = VARRAY_SIZE (prologue)) > 0)
bdac5f58 7489 {
b3694847 7490 rtx insn, note = 0;
bdac5f58 7491
0a1c58a2
JL
7492 /* Scan from the beginning until we reach the last prologue insn.
7493 We apparently can't depend on basic_block_{head,end} after
7494 reorg has run. */
7495 for (insn = f; len && insn; insn = NEXT_INSN (insn))
bdac5f58 7496 {
0a1c58a2 7497 if (GET_CODE (insn) == NOTE)
9392c110 7498 {
0a1c58a2
JL
7499 if (NOTE_LINE_NUMBER (insn) == NOTE_INSN_PROLOGUE_END)
7500 note = insn;
7501 }
7502 else if ((len -= contains (insn, prologue)) == 0)
7503 {
7504 rtx next;
7505 /* Find the prologue-end note if we haven't already, and
7506 move it to just after the last prologue insn. */
7507 if (note == 0)
9392c110 7508 {
0a1c58a2
JL
7509 for (note = insn; (note = NEXT_INSN (note));)
7510 if (GET_CODE (note) == NOTE
7511 && NOTE_LINE_NUMBER (note) == NOTE_INSN_PROLOGUE_END)
7512 break;
9392c110 7513 }
c93b03c2 7514
0a1c58a2 7515 next = NEXT_INSN (note);
c93b03c2 7516
718fe406 7517 /* Whether or not we can depend on BLOCK_HEAD,
0a1c58a2
JL
7518 attempt to keep it up-to-date. */
7519 if (BLOCK_HEAD (0) == note)
7520 BLOCK_HEAD (0) = next;
c93b03c2 7521
0a1c58a2 7522 remove_insn (note);
016030fe
JH
7523 /* Avoid placing note between CODE_LABEL and BASIC_BLOCK note. */
7524 if (GET_CODE (insn) == CODE_LABEL)
7525 insn = NEXT_INSN (insn);
0a1c58a2 7526 add_insn_after (note, insn);
9392c110 7527 }
bdac5f58 7528 }
0a1c58a2
JL
7529 }
7530
7531 if ((len = VARRAY_SIZE (epilogue)) > 0)
7532 {
b3694847 7533 rtx insn, note = 0;
bdac5f58 7534
0a1c58a2
JL
7535 /* Scan from the end until we reach the first epilogue insn.
7536 We apparently can't depend on basic_block_{head,end} after
7537 reorg has run. */
7538 for (insn = get_last_insn (); len && insn; insn = PREV_INSN (insn))
bdac5f58 7539 {
0a1c58a2 7540 if (GET_CODE (insn) == NOTE)
9392c110 7541 {
0a1c58a2
JL
7542 if (NOTE_LINE_NUMBER (insn) == NOTE_INSN_EPILOGUE_BEG)
7543 note = insn;
7544 }
7545 else if ((len -= contains (insn, epilogue)) == 0)
7546 {
7547 /* Find the epilogue-begin note if we haven't already, and
7548 move it to just before the first epilogue insn. */
7549 if (note == 0)
9392c110 7550 {
0a1c58a2
JL
7551 for (note = insn; (note = PREV_INSN (note));)
7552 if (GET_CODE (note) == NOTE
7553 && NOTE_LINE_NUMBER (note) == NOTE_INSN_EPILOGUE_BEG)
7554 break;
9392c110 7555 }
c93b03c2 7556
718fe406 7557 /* Whether or not we can depend on BLOCK_HEAD,
0a1c58a2
JL
7558 attempt to keep it up-to-date. */
7559 if (n_basic_blocks
7560 && BLOCK_HEAD (n_basic_blocks-1) == insn)
7561 BLOCK_HEAD (n_basic_blocks-1) = note;
c93b03c2 7562
0a1c58a2
JL
7563 remove_insn (note);
7564 add_insn_before (note, insn);
9392c110 7565 }
bdac5f58
TW
7566 }
7567 }
7568#endif /* HAVE_prologue or HAVE_epilogue */
7569}
87ff9c8e 7570
87ff9c8e
RH
7571/* Mark P for GC. */
7572
7573static void
fa51b01b 7574mark_function_status (p)
87ff9c8e
RH
7575 struct function *p;
7576{
7a80cf9a
RK
7577 struct var_refs_queue *q;
7578 struct temp_slot *t;
87ff9c8e
RH
7579 int i;
7580 rtx *r;
7581
7582 if (p == 0)
7583 return;
7584
7585 ggc_mark_rtx (p->arg_offset_rtx);
7586
21cd906e
MM
7587 if (p->x_parm_reg_stack_loc)
7588 for (i = p->x_max_parm_reg, r = p->x_parm_reg_stack_loc;
7589 i > 0; --i, ++r)
7590 ggc_mark_rtx (*r);
87ff9c8e
RH
7591
7592 ggc_mark_rtx (p->return_rtx);
7593 ggc_mark_rtx (p->x_cleanup_label);
7594 ggc_mark_rtx (p->x_return_label);
7595 ggc_mark_rtx (p->x_save_expr_regs);
7596 ggc_mark_rtx (p->x_stack_slot_list);
7597 ggc_mark_rtx (p->x_parm_birth_insn);
7598 ggc_mark_rtx (p->x_tail_recursion_label);
7599 ggc_mark_rtx (p->x_tail_recursion_reentry);
7600 ggc_mark_rtx (p->internal_arg_pointer);
7601 ggc_mark_rtx (p->x_arg_pointer_save_area);
7602 ggc_mark_tree (p->x_rtl_expr_chain);
7603 ggc_mark_rtx (p->x_last_parm_insn);
7604 ggc_mark_tree (p->x_context_display);
7605 ggc_mark_tree (p->x_trampoline_list);
7606 ggc_mark_rtx (p->epilogue_delay_list);
b313a0fe 7607 ggc_mark_rtx (p->x_clobber_return_insn);
87ff9c8e 7608
7a80cf9a
RK
7609 for (t = p->x_temp_slots; t != 0; t = t->next)
7610 {
7611 ggc_mark (t);
7612 ggc_mark_rtx (t->slot);
7613 ggc_mark_rtx (t->address);
7614 ggc_mark_tree (t->rtl_expr);
7615 ggc_mark_tree (t->type);
7616 }
87ff9c8e 7617
7a80cf9a
RK
7618 for (q = p->fixup_var_refs_queue; q != 0; q = q->next)
7619 {
7620 ggc_mark (q);
7621 ggc_mark_rtx (q->modified);
87ff9c8e 7622 }
87ff9c8e
RH
7623
7624 ggc_mark_rtx (p->x_nonlocal_goto_handler_slots);
afe3d090 7625 ggc_mark_rtx (p->x_nonlocal_goto_handler_labels);
87ff9c8e
RH
7626 ggc_mark_rtx (p->x_nonlocal_goto_stack_level);
7627 ggc_mark_tree (p->x_nonlocal_labels);
c0e7830f
DD
7628
7629 mark_hard_reg_initial_vals (p);
87ff9c8e
RH
7630}
7631
eb3ae3e1
ZW
7632/* Mark the struct function pointed to by *ARG for GC, if it is not
7633 NULL. This is used to mark the current function and the outer
7634 function chain. */
7a80cf9a 7635
87ff9c8e 7636static void
eb3ae3e1 7637maybe_mark_struct_function (arg)
87ff9c8e
RH
7638 void *arg;
7639{
7640 struct function *f = *(struct function **) arg;
7641
eb3ae3e1
ZW
7642 if (f == 0)
7643 return;
7644
7645 ggc_mark_struct_function (f);
7646}
7647
7648/* Mark a struct function * for GC. This is called from ggc-common.c. */
7a80cf9a 7649
eb3ae3e1
ZW
7650void
7651ggc_mark_struct_function (f)
7652 struct function *f;
7653{
7a80cf9a 7654 ggc_mark (f);
eb3ae3e1
ZW
7655 ggc_mark_tree (f->decl);
7656
7657 mark_function_status (f);
7658 mark_eh_status (f->eh);
7659 mark_stmt_status (f->stmt);
7660 mark_expr_status (f->expr);
7661 mark_emit_status (f->emit);
7662 mark_varasm_status (f->varasm);
7663
7664 if (mark_machine_status)
7665 (*mark_machine_status) (f);
7666 if (mark_lang_status)
7667 (*mark_lang_status) (f);
7668
7669 if (f->original_arg_vector)
7670 ggc_mark_rtvec ((rtvec) f->original_arg_vector);
7671 if (f->original_decl_initial)
7672 ggc_mark_tree (f->original_decl_initial);
ae6f2a1c
ZW
7673 if (f->outer)
7674 ggc_mark_struct_function (f->outer);
87ff9c8e
RH
7675}
7676
7677/* Called once, at initialization, to initialize function.c. */
7678
7679void
7680init_function_once ()
7681{
eb3ae3e1
ZW
7682 ggc_add_root (&cfun, 1, sizeof cfun, maybe_mark_struct_function);
7683 ggc_add_root (&outer_function_chain, 1, sizeof outer_function_chain,
7684 maybe_mark_struct_function);
0a1c58a2
JL
7685
7686 VARRAY_INT_INIT (prologue, 0, "prologue");
7687 VARRAY_INT_INIT (epilogue, 0, "epilogue");
7688 VARRAY_INT_INIT (sibcall_epilogue, 0, "sibcall_epilogue");
87ff9c8e 7689}